99759-5M300 Mitsubishi Manual PDF

Service Manual
Controller FC/MC
FB13PNT EFB21-00011-up
FB16CPNT EFB22-00011-up
FB18CPNT EFB22-50011-up
FB16CPN EFB27-00011-up
FB18CPN EFB27-50011-up
FB16PN EFB28-00011-up
99759-5M300
FOREWORD
This service manual is a guide for servicing Mitsubishi Forklift Trucks.
The long productive life of your forklift truck(s) depends on regular and proper servicing, servicing consistent with what you
will learn by reading this service manual.
Read the respective sections of this manual carefully and familiarize yourself with all of the components before attempting to
start a test, repair or rebuild the forklift truck.
The descriptions, illustrations and specifications contained in this manual are for forklift trucks with serial numbers in effect at
the time of printing.
Mitsubishi Forklift Trucks reserves the right to change specifications or designs without notice and without incurring
obligations. For your convenience the instructions are grouped by systems as an easy reference.
Safety related signs Meanings

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
RWARNING
injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
RCAUTION
injury, or damage to your machine.
NOTE Indicates a condition that can cause damage to or shorten service life of the machine.
Unauthorized copying and lending are prohibited.
i
1. Safety
R WARNING
- The proper and safe lubrication and maintenance for these forklift trucks, recommended by Mitsubishi Forklift Trucks, are
outlined in the SERVICE MANUAL. Read and understand the SERVICE MANUAL before performing any lubrication or
maintenance on these trucks. Improper performance of lubrication or maintenance procedures is dangerous and could
result in injury or death. The serviceman or mechanic may be unfamiliar with many of the systems on this truck. This makes
it important to use caution when performing service work.
- Do not operate these trucks unless you have read and understood the instructions in the SERVICE MANUAL. Improper
truck operation is dangerous and could result in injury or death.
A knowledge of the system and/or components is important (8) Be careful when removing cover plates. Gradually
before the removal or disassembly of any component. remove the last two bolts or nuts located at opposite
ends of the cover or device and pry cover loose to
Because of the size of some of the truck components, the relieve any springs or other pressures, before removing
serviceman or mechanic should check the weights noted in the last two bolts or nuts completely.
this Manual. (9) Be careful when removing filler caps, breathers and
Use proper lifting procedures when removing any plugs on the truck. Wrap a cloth around the cap or plug
to prevent being sprayed or splashed by liquids under
components. pressure. Be aware that the danger of being sprayed or
Following is a list of basic precautions that should always be splashed is ever greater if it is immediately after
stopping the truck, as fluids is very hot.
observed.
(10) Use tools well maintained. And use the tools in proper
(1) Read and understand all warning plates and decals on way.
the truck before operating, lubricating or repairing the (11) Reinstall all fasteners with same part number. Do not
product. use a lesser quality fastener if replacements are
(2) Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes necessary.
when working around trucks. In particular, wear (12) If possible, make all repairs with the truck parked on a
protective glasses when using a hammer or sledge on level, hard surface. Block truck so it does not roll while
any part of the truck or its attachments with a hammer working on or under truck.
or sledge. (13) Before starting to work on truck, hang "Do not Operate"
Use welders gloves, hood/goggles, apron and other tag in the Operator Compartment.
protective clothing appropriate to the welding job
being performed. Do not wear loose fitting or torn (14) Repairs, which require welding, should be performed
clothing. Remove all rings from fingers when working only with the appropriate reference information and by
on machinery. personnel adequately trained and knowledgeable in
welding procedures. Determine the type of metal and
(3) Do not work on any truck that is supported only by lift select the correct welding procedure and electrodes,
jacks or a hoist. Always use blocks or jack stands to rods or wire to provide a weld metal strength
support the truck before performing any disassembly. equivalent at least to that of parent metal.
(4) Lower the forks or other implements to the ground (15) Do not damage wiring during the removal process. Do
before performing any work on the truck. If this cannot not reuse the damaged wiring. Reinstall the wiring
be done, make sure the forks or other implements are paying attention not to contact sharp corners or hot
blocked correctly to prevent them from dropping parts. Place wiring away from oil pipe.
unexpectedly.
(16) Be sure all protective devices including guards and
(5) Use steps and grab handles (if applicable) when shields are properly installed and functioning correctly
mounting or dismounting a truck. Clean any mud or before starting a repair.
debris from steps, walkways or work platforms before If a guard or shield must be removed to perform the
using. Always face truck when using steps, ladders and repair work, use extra caution.
walkways. When it is not possible to use the designed
access system, provide ladders, scaffolds, or work (17) Always support the mast and carriage to keep carriage
platforms to perform safe repair operations. or attachments raised when maintenance or repair
work is performed, which requires the mast in the
(6) To avoid back injury, use a hoist when lifting raised position.
components which weigh 23 kg (51 lb) or more. Make
sure all chains, hooks, slings, etc., are in good condition (18) Loose or damaged fuel, lubricant and hydraulic lines,
and are of the correct capacity. Be sure hooks are tubes and hoses could cause fires. Do not bend or strike
positioned correctly. Lifting eyes are not to be side high pressure lines or install ones which have been
loaded during a lifting operation. bent or damaged. Inspect lines, tubes and hoses
carefully. Do not check for leaks with your hands. Pin
(7) To avoid burns, be alert of the hot sections and hot hole (very small) leaks could result in a high velocity oil
fluids in lines, tubes and compartments, even when idle stream that will be invisible close to the hose. This oil
or off. could penetrate the skin and cause personal injury. Use
cardboard or paper to locate pin hole leaks.
ii
(19) Tighten connections to the correct torque. Make sure
that all heat shields, clamps and guards are installed
correctly to avoid excessive heat, vibration or rubbing
against other parts during operation. Shields that
protect against oil spray onto hot exhaust components
in event of a line, tube or seal failure, must be installed
correctly.
(20) Relieve all pressure in air, oil or water systems before
any lines, fittings or related items are disconnected or
removed.
Place blocks to prevent a device from falling if it is in the
raised position. Release the residual pressure when
removing a pressurized device.
(21) Do not operate a truck if any rotating part is damaged
or contacts any other part during operation.
Any high speed rotating component that has been
damaged or altered should be checked for balance
before reusing.
2. How to Use This Manual
2.1 Truck Model
MC Truck (Manual Control System)

Mechanically controlled hydraulic system (conventional
lever system)
501489
FC (Fingertip Control System) Truck

This model allows a fingertip operation of lifting and tilting
jobs, and may improve the job efficiency with less operation
fatigue.
501490
Connector number
A connector number is allocated to each connector.
Refer to the CHAPTER 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM or the connector
number.
iii
3. Units
- SI Units are used in this manual.
- The following table shows the conversion of SI unit and customary unit.
Item SI unit Metric unit Yard-pound unit

Force 1N 0.102 kgf 0.225 lbf
Pressure 1 MPa 10.1972 kgf/cm2 145.038 psi
Torque 1 N·m 0.102 kgf·m 0.7376 lbf·ft
1 mm - 0.039 in.
Length
1m - 3.281 feet
Weight 1 kg - 2.205 lb
Temperature 1 °C - °F=1.8 x °C+32
Volume 1L - 0.264 US.gal.
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 CONTROLLER
1. Controller System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.1 System Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.2 Controller Area Network (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.3 Outline of Logic Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1.4 Outline of Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.5 Outline of EPS Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.6 Outline of Input unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
1.7 Outline of Output unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
2. Traction Controller Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
2.1 Modification of traction characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
2.2 Unti-rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
2.3 Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
2.4 Limitation of maximum travel speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
2.5 Turning speed limit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
2.6 Miscellaneous features for traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
2.7 Pitching Control (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
3. Lifting Controller Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
3.1 Setting and limitation of lift work speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
3.2 Lift stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
3.3 Load meter (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
3.4 Tilt horizon (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
4. Other Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
4.1 PDS (Presence Detection System) feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
4.2 Display function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
4.3 Parking Brake Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
4.4 BDI (Battery discharge indicator) display features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
4.5 Miscellaneous features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
4.6 Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
5. Setup Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
5.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
5.2 Details of Setup Options (Group-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
5.5 Setup Options (Group 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35
6. Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39
6.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39
6.2 Operation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39
6.3 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41
6.4 Power Steering Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42
6.5 Run Time Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-44
6.6 Fail-Safe Restriction List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51
7. Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-53
7.1 Inverter Discharging Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-53
7.2 Replacing Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-54
7.3 Replacing DSP (Digital Signal Processor) Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55
TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.4 Replacing Logic Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57

7.5 Replacing EPS Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
7.6 Replacing Logic Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
7.7 Replacing Power Supply Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
7.8 Replacing Input Unit (FC MODEL ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
7.9 Replacing Output Unit (FC MODEL ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
8. Basic Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63
8.1 Testing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63
8.2 Measurement of Card Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63
8.3 Checking Contactor Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70
8.4 Checking Contactor Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70
8.5 Checking Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
8.6 Regeneration Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
9. AC Motor System Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
9.1 Feature of AC motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
9.2 Speed control of induction motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
9.3 Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73
Chapter 2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS

1. General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1 Before replacing devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.2 Connection of the service tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.3 How to clean harness connectors and system components . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2. List of Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
3. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
3.1 Traction Motor R.H.,Overheating (E0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
3.2 Traction Motor L.H.,Overheating (E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
3.3 Pump Motor,Overheating(E2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
3.4 Traction Inverter R.H., Overheating (E5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
3.5 Traction Inverter L.H., Overheating (E6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
3.6 Pump Inverter, Overheating (E7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
3.7 PS Controller,Overheating (E9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
3.8 Traction Motor Current Sensor R.H., Fault (14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
3.9 Traction Motor R.H., Over-current (15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
3.10 Traction Motor R.H., Stall Timer (16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.11 Traction Motor Current Sensor L.H., Fault (24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
3.12 Traction Motor L.H., Over-current (25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
3.13 Traction Motor L.H., Stall Timer (26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
3.14 Pump Motor Current Sensor Fault (34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
3.15 Pump Motor Over-current (35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
3.16 Line Contactor Fault (40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
3.17 Steering Contactor Fault (41) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
3.18 Traction Motor R.H., Open (45) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
3.19 Traction Motor L.H., Open (46) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
3.20 Pump Motor Open (47) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
3.21 PS Motor Open (49) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
3.22 Tire Angle Sensor Fault (50) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
3.23 Accelerator Sensor Fault (51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
3.24 Traction Motor R.H., Pulse Input Fault (52) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.25 Traction Motor L.H., Pulse Input Fault (53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

3.26 FC Lever Fault (54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64
3.27 Output Unit Solenoid Fault (55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
3.28 Output Unit Solenoid Current Leak (56) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68
3.29 FNR Lever or Accelerator, Faulty Setting (E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
3.30 Seat Switch, Faulty Setting for Traction ((E)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72
3.31 Lift Lever, Faulty Setting (H1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74
3.32 Tilt Lever, Faulty Setting (H2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76
3.33 Attachment 1 Lever, Faulty Setting (H3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78
3.34 Attachment 2 Lever, Faulty Setting (H4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-80
3.35 Seat Switch, Faulty Setting for Hydraulic ((L)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-82
3.36 FNR Lever Fault (EE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-84
3.37 Display Communication Fault (60) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-86
3.38 Logic Card Initialize Failure (61) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-88
3.39 Logics Fault (62) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89
3.40 Traction Inverter R.H., Fault (63) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-90
3.41 Traction Inverter L.H., Fault (64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-93
3.42 Pump Inverter Fault(65) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
3.43 Input Unit Fault (67) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-99
3.44 Output Unit Fault (68) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-101
3.45 EPS Controller Fault (71) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-103
3.46 Contactor Coil Fault (72) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-106
3.47 Hydraulic Lock Solenoid Fault (74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-108
3.48 Parking Brake Fault (75) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110
3.49 PDS Buzzer Fault (76) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
3.50 Battery Voltage Too Low (78) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
3.51 Battery Voltage Too High (79) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-116
3.52 Battery Consumption Too Much (Lo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118
3.53 Tilt Angle Sensor Fault (80) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
3.54 Load Sensor Fault (81) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-122
3.55 Handle Sensor Fault (82) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-124
3.56 PS Motor Current Sensor Fault (A4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-126
3.57 PS Motor Over-current (A5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-128
3.58 PS Handle Brake Fault (A7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-130
3.59 Battery Side Way Exchange Interlock (A8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-132
3.60 Battery Consumption Much . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-134
3.61 Brake Oil, Low Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-136
3.62 RTC Battery Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-138
TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 3 MOTOR
1. Motor Installation Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
2. Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3. Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.1 Traction motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.2 Pump motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.3 EPS motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
4. Removing Transfer Assemblies, Traction motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
5. Disassembling Traction motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
5.1 Disassembly Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
6. Inspecting Traction Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
6.1 Inspecting Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
6.2 Inspecting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
6.3 Inspection of insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
7. Resassembling Traction motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
7.1 Resassembly Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
8. Removing Pump Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
8.1 Suggestions for Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
9. Disassembing Pump Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
9.1 Disassembly Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
10. Inspecting Pump Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
10.1 Inspecting Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
10.3 Inspection of insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
11. Resassembling Pump motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
11.1 Resassembly Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
12. Tightening of High-power Cable Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
13. Removing EPS Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
13.1 Suggestions for Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
14. Disassembling EPS Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
15. Inspecting EPS Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
15.1 Inspecting Armature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
15.3 Inspecting Oil Seal and Permanent Magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
16. Inspecting EPS Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
16.1 Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
17. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
TOC-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 4 HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

1. Description of Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
1.1 Schematic diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
1.2 Connector Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
2. How to Read Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
2.1 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
2.2 Sheet Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
2.3 Connecting Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
2.4 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
2.5 Relay Contactor and Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
2.6 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
2.7 Indication of Connecting Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
2.8 Indication of GND (Earth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
2.9 Indication of Another Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
3. How to Read Connector Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Chapter 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TOC-5
CHAPTER 1 CONTROLLER
Chapter 1 CONTROLLER
1. Controller System
1.1 System Layout
Five or seven independent controllers are linked together The input unit is connected to the FC control lever.
by the Controller Area Network (CAN) to communicate with
The output unit is connected to the FC hydraulic control
each other to control the truck.
valve assembly.
The logic unit is the heart of the control system for the lift
The inverters and EPS controller are connected to the each
trucks.
motor.
The configuration of the controller system is classified into
The logic unit is connected to the other devices.
two types according to the lifting system.
System layout for FC type
Contactors
Switches Logic Unit
Display Logic card

Contactor control signal
Traveling control,
Lifting control,
Key Lift lock solenoid control signal
switch Safety function,
etc.
FC control lever
Direction lever
Motor control Input
command FC lever input unit
Accelerator Sensing
data
FC solenoid
CAN bus command
FC solenoid Lift cylinder,

Right Left Output control signal Tilt cylinder
traction inverter Pump inverter
traction inverter unit
DSP card DSP card DSP card
FC hydraulic
control valve
Sensors Sensors assembly
U U U
Lift lock
solenoid valve
V M V M V M
W W W
EPS
controller Hydraulic
Right traction motor Left traction motor Pump motor
pump
U
W
_
M
Power stearing
Motor Steering
contactor
Line Battery
contactor
Electric power
500918
1-1
System layout for MC type
Contactors
Switches Logic Unit
Display Logic card Contactor control signal

Traveling control,
Lifting control, Lift lock solenoid/unload solenoid control signal
Key
switch Safety function, Hydraulic lever input
etc.
Direction lever
Motor control
command
Accelerator Sensing
data
CAN bus
Right Left
traction inverter Pump inverter
traction inverter Lift cylinder,
Tilt cylinder
DSP card DSP card DSP card Micro switches
MC hydraulic
control valve
Sensors Sensors assembly
U U U
Lift lock
V M V M V M solenoid valve
W W W
Hydraulic
Right traction motor Left traction motor Pump motor EPS pump
contoller
U
W
_
M
Power stearing Steering

Motor contactor
Line Battery
contactor
Electric power
500919
1-2
1.2 Controller Area Network (CAN)
Each controller is linked with the truck harness to form a The input unit and output unit are used for FC models only.
network as follows.
For details, see the "Traction Inverter R.H. Fault (63)",
The terminal resistors are built into the display and the "Traction Inverter L.H. Fault (64)" and "Pump Inverter Fault
pump inverter. (65)", "EPS Controller fault (71)" in "Troubleshooting for
Control Circuits."
If the terminal resistors are not properly connected, the
communication failure may occur between the logic unit
and other controllers.
1) 1)
Display Right Left Logic EPS Input Output Pump
traction traction unit controller unit unit inverter
inverter inverter
CAN H
CAN L
500920
1) Input unit and output unit are used for FC model only.
The data are expressed as electric potential difference between high- and low-level signals as follows.
The signals are transferred to each controller through the serial communication protocol.
Kind of VCAN-L
potential
bit Logic Vdiff Vdiff
dominant 0 VCAN-H
recessive 1 recessive dominant recessive

time
500921
Main specifications
Item Specifications
Non-Return to Zero method
Communication protocol CANbus 2.0B passive
Broadcast communication protocol
Communication line Dual 2-wire type serial communication
Communication speed 500 kbps
Data length 0 to 8 bytes
1-3
1.3 Outline of Logic Unit
This controller includes the power supply card and logic The truck speed and residual battery power are monitored
card. and shown on the display unit.
It controls all the jobs for the truck based on the operator's The logic unit sets its model information and optional
input. default data into internal memory. The information is
secured even if the power supply for the logic unit is turned
The controller sends a motor control command to the right
off. This information is set at the factory.
and left traction inverters from the input of the direction
lever or the accelerator pedal. It also monitors malfunctions The following table shows the model information. The
of the traction system. system will not work properly if the actual controller system
is different from the model information.
The lever input triggers to send the motor control
commands to the pump inverter. It also monitors
malfunctions in the hydraulic control system. In the FC
specifications, this controller sends a control command to
the solenoid valves from the output unit by the lever input.
A malfunction in the valve control system is also monitored
by this controller.
Model information
Item Description SUO No.

Truck type Model set #40
Battery voltage 36 V, 48 V #41
Battery type Battery type #42
Hydraulic control selection FC type, MC type #43
Mast type Mast type #44
Valve section Number of valves #45
Battery voltage adjustment Battery voltage adjustment #46
Foot direction Optional equipment #47
Load meter function Optional equipment #48
Tilt horizon function Optional equipment #50
The current information is available to confirm and modify.

Refer to Setup Option on page 1-22 for details and setting procedure.
The model information and various features are set by the Setup Option (SUO).
The power supply card changes the battery voltage and supplies power to the logic card and the DSP card.
1-4
Logic unit
Ｍｏｄｅｌ
ＳｅｒｉａｌＮｏ．
2)
1)
500922
1) Pin location of logic card 2) Pin location of power card
Logic card
1)
2) 3) 4)
500923
1) Logic card side 3) Harness side E-03
2) Harness side E-02 4) Harness side E-04
1-5
Power supply card
2 1
16 15
1) 2)
500924
1) Power supply card side 2) Harness side E-01
1-6
1.4 Outline of Inverter
The inverter is a motor drive controller that consists of Digital Signal Processor (DSP) card, Insulated Metal Substrate (IMS)
module and their drive boards.
It drives the AC induction motor according to the motor control command from the logic unit. It also monitors malfunctions of
the motor and its condition. When a malfunction occurs, it stops the motor and informs to the logic unit.
The DSP card has the DSP chip that enables high-speed calculation and controls the AC induction motor.
The IMS module has multiple MOS-FET modules which convert battery DC current into AC current for the traction and pump
motors.
Traction inverters (right and left) and Pump inverter
500925
1. DSP card
Traction inverter DSP cards (right and left) and Pump inverter DSP card
㨄㨄㨄㨄㨄㨄
2) 1)
500926
1) Inverter card side 2) Harness side, Traction Right E-07
Harness side, Traction Left E-06
Harness side, Pump E-05
1-7
1.5 Outline of EPS Controller
EPS controller is a motor drive controller. It drives the DC motor according to the steering input and tire angle input.
It also monitors malfunctions of motor and its condition. When a malfunction occurs, it stops the motor and informs to the
logic unit.
１２３４５６７８９
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
1)
500927
1) CN1
1-8
1.6 Outline of Input unit
This input unit is connected to the FC specification model.

It is the dedicated input unit for connecting equipment such as the FC control levers and switches. It monitors for the
malfunction of connected equipment and its condition. When a malfunction occurs, it informs to the logic unit.
1) 2)
500928
1. Input unit card 1) Input unit card side
2) FC-IN harness side E-12
1-9
1.7 Outline of Output unit
This output unit is connected to the FC specification model.

It is the dedicated output unit for controlling the solenoid Current to
valves. It drives the solenoid valves according to the valve solenoid [%]
control command from the logic unit. It monitors for the 100
malfunction of the solenoid valves and its condition. When a Current increases
malfunction occurs, it informs to the logic unit. drastically as lever
movement angle
increases.
Lever angle [%]

0
100 500929
Current characteristics of proportioning solenoid valve
Output unit
1)
2) 3)
500930
1. Output unit card 1) Output unit card side
2) Harness side E-10
3) FC-OUT harness side E-11
1-10
2. Traction Controller Feature
2.1 Modification of traction characteristics
Acceleration power, maximum output power and battery consumption can be set. The following two parameters can be set.
Acceleration rate Sets acceleration rate.
Traveling power Selection of the maximum output power changes the amount of battery consumption. It also
influences the acceleration rate during loading operation.
Regeneration power and type of regeneration can be set.
There are three types of regeneration and each has availability of setting for regeneration power.
Auto regeneration Normal deceleration that occurs when the traveling and the direction levers are in the same
direction.
In case of the setting “1”, the regenerative braking does not work when releasing the
accelerator pedal.
Brake regeneration This deceleration occurs while stepping on the brake.
Lever regeneration The deceleration that occurs when the travel and the direction levers are in the opposite
directions.
The lever regeneration starts when the travel direction and the direction lever are in opposite directions. The amount is
determined by the pressure on the accelerator pedal.
Setting feature for traction characteristics
Description SUO No.

Acceleration rate Acceleration of traction #8
Powering
Traveling power Max. power, amount of battery consumption #9
Regen adjustment for accelerator
Rate of regeneration at normal slow down #23
regen
Regeneration Regen adjustment for brake regen Rate of regeneration when stepping on the brake #21
Rate of regeneration when operating two in the
Regen adjustment for lever regen #22
opposite direction
Refer to page 1-22 for details and setting procedure of the "Setup Option."
The application preset feature (#1) has the preset setting pattern registered.
2.2 Unti-rollback
When the accelerator pedal is released on a grade, the

untiroll-back function will stop the truck.
The descending speed changes with the steepness of grade,
the weight of load and value setting of the SUO #23.
Note: When the setting of SUO #23 is “1”, the untiroll-back
does not work.
502789
Truck stop accelerator pedal is stops released on a grade.
1-11
2.3 Boost
When truck traveling is blocked by a step, the boost Fully depress the accelerator pedal for 2 seconds. The boost
function prevents stalling of the truck. Usually the motor function increases the motor maximum torque for 5
maximum torque is set by SUO #9, and this function allows seconds. If the pressure to the accelerator pedal is reduced
the truck to go over a step regardless of the value setting of or the direction lever is moved, the boost function will be
the motor maximum torque. cancelled immediately.
Torque [%]
* Torque required to
climb over a step
* #9
100 HIGH POWER; Full acceleration
85 STANDARD; Full acceleration

70 ECONOMY; Full acceleration
0 Time [sec]
2 7
500931
Note: When the motor overheats, the boost will not work.
If the stall time setting is small, the motor protection function will be applied during prolonged slow speed traveling.
2.4 Limitation of maximum travel speed
The speed limitation is classified into two major types and available to set each maximum speed.
Type Description
The limitation that functions at all times and is used to keep the speed within the limits.
Normal type The W lamp will glow when the W switch is pressed. While the W lamp is glowing, the speed is
restricted to the speed (km/h) of the display.
The limitation that is triggered from a specific switch input occurrence.
Conditional type
Quadruple input signals are selectable, and available to set limit value to each signal.
Feature of maximum speed limit
Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

Top travel speed limit Always effective #7 -
Normal Turtle SW input setting Effective when turtle SW is
#30, 31 -
Travel speed limit of turtle SW enable.
Effective when aux. input 1

Auxiliary travel speed limit 1 #11, 12 E-03-40
close/open
Conditional Auxiliary travel speed limit 2 #14, 15 E-03-41
close/open
Auxiliary travel speed limit 3 #17, 18 E-03-30
close/open
1-12
2.5 Turning speed limit function
The turning radius is calculated from the tire angle and the speed limit is control by the turning radius to improve the
operability during turning.
Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No

Speed limit for curving Enable or disable the turning speed limit #29 -
20 km/h
15 km/h
10 km/h
5 km/h
90° 45° 0° 45° 90°

500932
Note: The turning speed depends on the regen power setting of SUO #21 to 23.
2.6 Miscellaneous features for traction
Miscellaneous features for traction

Auxiliary power reduction 1 Effective when aux. input 1 close/open #11, 13 E-03-30
Alarm 1 signal output if speed exceeds
Speed alarm 1 #26 E-04-57, 58
set value.
Alarm 2 signal output if speed exceeds
Speed alarm 2 #34 E-11-33, 35
set value.
Note: Speed alarm 2 is valid only for models with an output unit.
1-13
2.7 Pitching Control (Option)
Pitching control will reduce the vibration of load when traveling over bumps or uneven road.
The loading fluctuation and acceleration are detected by the hydraulic sensor of the load. Then the torque for reducing the
load movement is calculated.

Pitching control Enables or disables the pitching control #39 -
500933
1-14
3. Lifting Controller Feature
3.1 Setting and limitation of lift work speed
Each lift work speed can be set. The lift work speed can be limited or stopped when specific switch input occurs.
Triple input signals are selectable and available to set limit value to each signal.
Feature of lifting work speed setting
Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

“1” (slow) is
Start lift speed Start lift speed setting #2 strongly
recommended.
Top lift speed Top lift speed setting #3 -
Normal Lowering speed ADJ. Lowering speed setting #35 -
Tilt speed Tilt speed setting #4 -
Auxiliary 1 speed Attachment 1 #5 -
Auxiliary 2 speed Attachment 2 #6 -
Refer to page 1-20 for details and setting procedure of the "Setup Option."
The application preset feature (#1) has the preset setting pattern registered.
3.2 Lift stop
This will stop the lifting operations in progress when the

aux. SW input can choose close or open.
To release the stop function, bring the lever to the neutral
position, and start the operation.

Stops lift when aux. input 1
Auxiliary input for lift 1 #11 E-03-40
close/open
Conditional Auxiliary input for lift 2 #14 E-03-41
close/open
Auxiliary input for lift 3 #17 E-03-30
close/open
1-15
3.3 Load meter (option)
Function
This calculates the live load from the pressure sensor input.
Zero point can be adjusted by the display.
The user can select either “KG” or “LBS” from the display.
>
502800
Setting (Zero-setting)
(1) Turn on the key switch.
(2) Remove the load from the truck.
(3) Raise the mast slightly off the ground.
(4) Display “LOAD METER ZERO SET” in the Adjustment
menu on the display unit.
>
502801
Note: The load meter indication is affected by the setting of SUO #44. (Mast Type)
R CAUTION
The value of the load meter should be used as a reference only, as it is calculated from an oil pressure converted value. Do not
use this value for calculation of the rated load for truck performance.

Load meter function Optional equipment #48 -
Conditional Pressure sensor zero point
Load adjustment #55 -
adjustment
1-16
3.4 Tilt horizon (option)
Function
This will stop the tilting operation when the mast is tilting forward or the mast in the horizontal position.
The status of the load will be detected and if the load is being carried, the tilting operation will not be stopped.

E-04-57
Tilt horizon function Optional equipment #50
Conditional E-03-28
Tilt horizon adjustment Tilt angle sensor adjustment #51 -
4. Other Feature
4.1 PDS (Presence Detection System) feature
This controller is part of the "Presence Detection System" (PDS) of the truck. This system features an enhanced, integral
computer based feed back system which provides "certain product intelligence" to the operator. The table shows processes for
traction and lifting. Refer to the Status Transfer Chart for details.
PDS features
Item Protect condition Result Release method

Seat Sit 6 Leave Sit and
Traction control Slowdown and Stop Direction lever: N
Direction lever F or R Accelerator pedal: Release
Sit and
MC
Control valve SW: All open
Hydraulic control Seat Sit 6 Leave Stop
Sit and
FC
FC control lever: All neutral
1-17
PDS Status transfer chart
Traction Control PDS Seat SW

Seat Sw flag: ON Seat SW off time Delay time
2 sec or 3 sec
Normal operation
Seat SW flag: OFF Seat Sw flag :
Seat SW: ON OFF
Direction lever: N (Chosen foot direction: no effect)
Seat SW flag: OFF

Motor: Regen brake Travel speed 0.5km/h
Display: Blinking " "
Seat SW flag: OFF Motor: Zero torque

Seat SW flag: ON Display: Blinking " "
Motor: Regen brake Seat SW flag: OFF Seat SW flag: ON

Display: " "
Motor: Zero torque

Direction lever: N Display: " "
Accelerator pedal: OFF Travel speed 0.5km/h
Direction lever: N
Accelerator pedal: OFF
Seat SW
Seat Sw flag: ON Seat SW off time Delay time
2 sec or 3 sec
Hydraulic Control PDS
Seat Sw flag :
Seat SW: ON OFF
MC Specification FC Specification
Normal operation Normal operation

Seat SW flag: OFF Seat SW flag: OFF
Lift lock valve: LOCK Lift lock valve: LOCK

Display: Blinking " " FC solenoid: All OFF
Display: Blinking " "
Seat SW flag: ON Seat SW flag: ON
Seat SW flag: OFF Seat SW flag: OFF
Lift lock valve: LOCK Lift lock valve: LOCK

Display: " " FC solenoid: All OFF
Display: " "
Micro switch for Control valve: All OFF FC control lever: All neutral
(LIFT lever doesn't have SW to detect DOWN.)
500934
Note: In the initial state, E, H1, H2, H3 or H4 may appear.
1-18
4.2 Display function
Main monitor
1 3 5 2 6 4 8
ORJ
MOJ
TOTAL 123456.0HR
10/ 9/1
9/ 1 8:56
1 1 00KG
7
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
603002
1. Battery discharge indicator 10. Error warning

2. Speedometer 11. Parking brake warning
3. Calendar 12. Seat belt warning
4. Clock 13. Battery warning
5. Slow speed mode monitor (Turtle mark) 14. Brake fluid warning
6. Hour meter 15. Overheat warning
7. Load meter (option) 16. Service indicator
8. Mode select switch 17. Mast lock
9. Wheel indicator 18. Neutral lock
See the Chassis & Mast Service Manual for details.
Adjustment
(1) To display the adjustment screen, push “M” button.
(2) Select the item you want to adjust using t or y
button, and push “R” button to execute.
(3) Cancel the screen being displayed with “M” button.
The following items is adjustable: >
- Operation Model Select
- Load Zero Set*
- Load meter*
- Speed meter 502802
- Date
- Clock
- Contrast
The items marked with * are available only on the truck
equipped with load meter option.
1-19
4.3 Parking Brake Interlock
The parking brake (PKB) interlock will be activated and “P”

on the display blinks if the operator leaves the seat when
the key switch is in ON position and the PKB switch is in OFF
position. Also the PKB interlock will be applied when the
key switch is turned OFF with the PKB switch in OFF
position.
To release the PKB interlock, apply the parking brake, then
release it.
501951
4.4 BDI (Battery discharge indicator) display features
This feature shows with 11 levels (BDI 0 to BDI 10) of remaining battery capacity of the current battery voltage.
Set SUO No. #41 or #42 depends on installed battery type and voltage.
See the Chassis & Mast Service Manual for details.
Warning buzzer features

The buzzer sounds when the key switch is turned off or the operator leaves the operator's seat with the parking brake SW is
turnd off.
4.5 Miscellaneous features
The table shows miscellaneous features.

Miscellaneous features
Item Description SUO No.

Service indicator Shows or warns maintenance time. #10
Display unit Speed, error code, hour-meter, date, clock, W SW, BDI, etc. are shown. -
1-20
4.6 Hour Meter
The truck hour meter reading is indicated on the display.

Also, the traveling/load, handling/steering hour meter
readings can be confirmed using service tool.
When a difference of the hour meter reading between the
logistics and EPS controller exceeds 1 hour, “HR NG” will be
indicated on the display.
Upon receiving a request of hour meter adjustment from
the service tool, the smaller hour meter reading will be
rewritten to longer service hour reading so that the hour
meter readings between the logics and EPS controller will
be matched.
501134
502796
1-21
5. Setup Option
5.1 Outline
The logic unit is equipped with a memory module that retains recorded data even if the main power is turned off.
The model information and various features are set before factory shipment.
The setup options are categorized from Group 1 to Group 3 according to the feature levels.
Setup group
Group Description
Group 1 Basic function (#1 to #10)
Group 2 Detailed function (#11 to #39)
Group 3 Model information (#40 to #55)
The Group 1 and 2 are available to set the default value in a one-step operation and can be customized in accordance with
applications. Since the Group 3 is for model information, it is required to be set to the same value as actual control system. It
will not work properly if the model information is different.
When setting the setup option data for the first time after the assembly is completed or the logic card is replaced, be sure to set
Group 3 data first, then the default data of Group 1 and 2, with the "service tool" in each setup mode.
502498
1-22
5.2 Details of Setup Options (Group-1)
#1 Application Pre-Sets (Truck Operation Mode)

Truck mode can be selected from 1 to 5, each with preset values shown in the below table.
These 10 settings are automatically set by changing the PRESET number of the setting.
PRESET values for each setting are as follows.
SUO#
Feature/
PRESET 1 PRESET 2 PRESET 3 PRESET 4 PRESET 5 1
Application
Lift Slow Medium Medium Medium Fast
Tilt Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium
Auxiliary Slow Slow Slow Slow Slow
Characteristic Vehicle Speed Slow Medium Medium Fast Fast
Acceleration Slow Slow Medium Medium Fast
Power Economy Economy Standard Powerful Powerful
Regeneration Medium Medium High High High
Start Lift Speed 1 1 1 1 1 2
Top Lift Speed 4 7 7 7 10 3
Tilt Speed 4 4 4 6 6 4
Auxiliary 1 Speed 3 3 3 3 3 5
Auxiliary 2 Speed 1 1 1 1 1 6
Default value Top Travel Speed Limit 10 15 15 16 16 7

Acceleration Rate 3 3 5 7 9 8
Traveling Power Mode 1 1 2 3 3 9
Regen Adjustment for
7 8 10 10 10 21
Brake Regen
Regen Adjustment for
7 8 10 10 10 23
Accelerator Regen
You can modify these 10 settings afterwards individually.

Note: Value “1” is strongly recommended.
#2 Start Lift Speed

This setting affects pump speed when you start lifting operation.
FC spec: speed when the lift lever is slightly pulled.
MC spec: speed when lift switch 1 is turned on.
Lift speed in the rise direction will become faster if the setting value is increased.
The setting range is 1 to 10.
1-23
#3 Top Lift Speed

This setting affects pump speed and FC solenoid current when you pull the lift lever. If you set a smaller value than #2, then the
#2 setting will be ignored.
FC spec: speed when the lift lever is pulled.
MC spec: speed when lift switch 2 is turned on.
Lifting speed will become faster if the value setting is increased.
FC MC
Pump motor Pump motor

output [%] SUO #3 output [%]
(top lift speed)
SUO #3
100 10 100
10
8 9
8
SUO #2 SUO #2
(start lift speed)
0 0
100 Lever angle [%] SW1 SW2 Lever operation
Close Close
Pump motor output characteristics (lift-up operation)

500935
#4 Tilt Speed
This setting affects pump speed and FC solenoid current when you operate the tilt lever or tilt switch. Tilt speed will be faster
if the value setting is increased. The setting range is 1 to 10.
Tilt speed has priority over lifting speed, when the two levers are operated simultaneously.
FC MC
Pump motor
output [%] Pump motor
SUO #4 (Tilt) output [%]
100 10 SUO #4
100 10
6
2 2
1 1
0 0 SW Close
100 Lever angle [%] Lever operation
Pump motor output characteristics (tilt operation)

500936
1-24
#5 Auxiliary 1 Speed #6 Auxiliary 2 Speed

This setting affects pump speed and FC solenoid current This setting affects pump speed and FCC solenoid current
when you operate the attachment 1 lever or attachment 1 when you operate the attachment 2 lever or attachment 2
switch. switch.
Attachment 1 speed will become faster if the value setting is Characteristic is almost the same as auxiliary 1.
increased. The setting range is 1 to 10. Attachment 2 speed will become faster if the value setting is
increased. The setting range is 1 to 10.
FC MC
Pump motor
output [%] Pump motor
SUO #5 and #6 output [%]
100 10 SUO #5 and #6

100 10
6
2 2
1 1
0 0 SW Close
100 Lever angle [%] Lever operation
Pump motor output characteristics (attachment 1 and 2 operation)

500938
#7 Top Travel Speed Limit

This setting affects maximum traveling speed without load. Traveling speed with load will be less than this setting. This setting
affects top speed, and does not affect gradability or acceleration.
The setting range is for 3-Wheel model is 5 to 16 [km/h] and for 4-Wheel model is 5 to 17 [km/h].
#8 Acceleration Rate
This setting affects response time to calculate required torque from accelerator pedal position.
Acceleration of trucks becomes faster if the value setting is increased. The setting range is 1 to 10.
1-25
#9 Traveling Power Mode

This setting affects the required torque which is calculated from accelerator pedal position.
The values are selected from three types: ECONOMY, STANDARD and HIGH POWER.
The figure shows the torque characteristic to the time.
Torque
[%] HIGH POWER(3)
100 STANDARD(2)
85
ECONOMY(1)
70
Service Brake limit*1 (50%)
Thermal, BDI [0] or Service indicator*2
(30%)
Speed –··– Parking brake limit *–··–

3
0 5 10 15
(km/h) 0%
500939
*1 Service Torque value resulting from reduction in *2 Thermal: BDI [0] or Service indicator: Curve of
brake limit: current when the service brake is applied. limited torque under a condition of
overheating or battery voltage low or
*3 Parking When the parking brake SW is enabled, the maintenance time over.
brake limit: torque becomes zero.
#10 Service Indicator

This setting sets the maintenance time. The time set here is You can reduce the truck power when the LED flashes by
added to the truck's hour meter and that value is stored in setting the service indicator selection. You can also set the
memory as the "maintenance time." demo-mode, which shows the service Indicator function in a
short period of time.
When the truck's hour meter reaches maintenance time, the
service reminder LED turns on. The setting value is as follows.
It will flash 20 hours before the time.
6 min In increments
Maintenance time [hour] - 100 150 950 1000
(test) of 50
Invalid 0
Set data on
Only warning 0.1 100 150 ----- 950 1000
display
Torque limit =0.1 =100 =150 ----- =950 =1000
1-26
#11 Aux Input for Lift/Drive Speed 1

(Harness pin No. E-03-40)
This setting defines the function of "Auxiliary 1" switch. This E- 03
value has an effect on #12 and #13 when 2, 3, 5 or 6 is
selected.
The setting value is as follows.
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- 40 38 36 34 32 - 28
502879
Value Lift Travel

0 – –
1 Stop lift *1 (switch closed) –
2 – Speed limit (switch opened)
3 – Power reduction (switch closed)
4 Stop lift *1 (switch opened) –
5 – Speed limit (switch opened)
6 – Power reduction (switch closed)
*1 Place the lever in neutral. Lift moves by operating the lever again.
#12 Aux Travel Speed Limit 1

This setting defines maximum speed when the “Auxiliary 1” switch is closed or opened.
The setting range for 3-Wheel model is 5 to 16 [km/h] and for 4-Wheel model is 5 to 17 [km/h].
Effective when the data of #11 is 2 or 5.
#13 Aux Power Reduction Rate 1

This setting defines traction power reduction when the “Auxiliary 1” switch is closed or opened.
The setting range is 0 to 100 [%]. Effective when the data of #11 is 3 or 6.
1-27
#14 Aux Input for Lift/Drive Speed 2

This setting defines the function of “Auxiliary 2” switch. This E- 03
selected.
The setting value is the same as that of #11.
41 - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
502880


#17 Aux Input for Lift / Drive Speed 3

This setting defines the function of “Auxiliary 3” switch. This E- 03
selected.
The setting value is the same as that of #11.
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 30 28
502881


1-28
#21 Regen Adjustment for Brake Regen

This works when the brakes are applied.
When the setting value is higher than “#23” , regenerative power will increase by stepping on the brake.
When the setting value is lower than “#23”, the regenerative rate will be the same as the “#23.”
#22 Regen Adjustment for Lever Regen

This setting defines the “Lever regen” characteristic.
When the direction lever is shifted into the position opposite to the truck’s traveling direction, the “Lever regen” function is
activated. The “Lever regen” characteristic is shown in this diagram. The setting range is 1 to 10.
(%)
100 10
Amount of lever Value of #22

regeneration
100
Level of throttle pedal [%]
500940
#23 Regen Adjustment for Auto Regen [%] Amount of auto regeneration
This setting defines amount of deceleration when "Auto 100 Deceleration regen
regen" is activated. This setting defines the amount of
deceleration when “Auto regen” is activated. (Setting "10")
Note: With “1” setting, regeneration will not work except
when going downhill.
0 Value of #23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 500941
Truck speed [m/s]

Deceleration regen
#23
10 9 2
Time [s]
0 500942
Note: *When the setting is “1”, the regenerative braking is

not be generated, thus the time for truck to stop is
spontaneous.
1-29
#25 Steering brake force

Setting of maximum steering brake force when the steering angle is not proportional to the steering force during normal
operation of the steering wheel.
Setting is available in 3 steps: strong, medium, and weak
#26 Speed Alarm 1

(Harness Pin No. E-04-57, 58)
This setting defines speed of turning on the "Speed alarm 1" light.
#28 Steering range

Currently this setting is not availabe.
#29 Speed limit curving

When this setting is enable, the truck speed can be restricted by the turning angle.
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
The speed will be decreased according to the regenerative rate of #21 to 23.
20 km/h
15 km/h
10 km/h
5 km/h
90° 45° 0° 45° 90°

500932
#30 Turtle Switch Input Setting

This setting defines the function of “Speed Limit” Turtle switch.
According to the combination of #30, #31 you can reduce travel speed.
Value Travel speed

0 Disable
1 Enable
#31 Travel Speed Limit of Turtle SW

(Harness Pin No. E-03-31)
This setting defines the maximum travel speed when the speed limit function is activated by #30.
The range setting for 3-Wheel model is 5 to 16 [km/h] and for 4-Wheel model is 5 to 17 [km/h].
#34 Speed Alarm 2

(Harness Pin No. E-11-33, 35)
This setting defines speed of turning on the “Speed alarm 2” light.
1-30
#35 Lowering Speed ADJ.

This setting is for adjustment of the maximum lowering speed.
In case the lowering speed is higher than the specification as mentioned in the service manual, it can be adjusted. When
lowering the setting, the current to the solenoid will be reduced, but this does not mean it affects the lowering speed
immediately due to tolerance in oil flow and oil characteristics. Further lowering of the setting may be required.
This setting is applicable to the FC models only.
#39 Pitching Control

This enables the pitch control that suppresses the risk of the carrying load to fall down or unbalanced.
To use this function, an oil pressure sensor is required.
0: disable, 1: enable
1-31
#40 Truck Type

This setting defines the type of truck.
The setting value is 3-Wheel or 4-Wheel model.
R CAUTION
If the truck type setting is incorrect, unexpected movement of the truck may occur.
#41 Battery Voltage

This setting defines the voltage of battery installed in the truck.
The setting value is 36 or 48 [v].
No setting shows “II II II II II.”
#42 Battery Type

This setting defines the type of battery installed in the truck.
The setting value is 1, 2 or 3.
1: Normal 2: Tubular 3: Gel
Select an appropriate BDI table from the followings according to the battery type.
Normal BDI Tubular BDI

BDI# 36V 48V BDI# 36V 48V
0 - 34.4 - 45.9 0 - 35.2 - 46.9
1 34.5 - 34.8 46.0 - 46.4 1 35.3 - 35.5 47.0 - 47.3
2 34.9 - 35.2 46.5 - 46.9 2 35.6 - 35.8 47.4 - 47.7
3 35.3 - 35.6 47.0 - 47.4 3 35.9 - 36.1 47.8 - 48.1
4 35.7 - 36.0 47.5 - 47.9 4 36.2 - 36.4 48.2 - 48.5
5 36.1 - 36.4 48.0 - 48.4 5 36.5 - 36.7 48.6 - 48.9
6 36.5 - 36.7 48.5 - 48.9 6 36.8 - 37.0 49.0 - 49.2
7 36.8 - 37.0 49.0 - 49.8 7 37.1 - 37.2 49.3 - 49.5
8 37.1 - 37.3 49.4 - 49.7 8 37.3 - 37.4 49.6 - 49.8
9 37.4 - 37.6 49.8 - 50.1 9 37.5 - 37.6 49.9 - 50.1
10 37.7 - 50.2 - 10 37.7 - 50.2 -
Gel BDI
BDI# 36V 48V
0 - 32.9 - 43.8
1 33.0 - 33.5 43.9 - 44.7
2 33.6 - 34.0 44.8 - 45.4
3 34.1 - 34.5 45.5 - 46.1
4 34.6 - 35.0 46.2 - 46.7
5 35.1 - 35.5 46.8 - 47.3
6 35.6 - 35.9 47.4 - 47.8
7 36.0 - 36.2 47.9 48.3
8 36.3 - 36.5 48.4 - 48.7
9 36.6 - 36.7 48.8 - 48.9
10 36.8 - 49.0 -
1-32
#43 Hydraulic Control Selection

This setting defines the type of hydraulic control.
0: FC system 1: MC system
#44 Mast Type

This setting defines the type of the mast.
2-FF: 2-stage full-free
3-FF: 3-stage full-free
2-SP: 2-stage panorama
#45 Valve Section

This setting defines the number of valve sections.
1: 3-way (lift, tilt, attachment 1)
2: 4-way (lift, tilt, attachment 1, 2)
#46 Battery Voltage Adjust

This setting corrects the difference between the actual Measure actual battery voltage using a tester (or a multi-
battery voltage and controller-recognized battery voltage. meter) and operate service tool.
The display shows battery voltage which the controller
Refer to the “Measurement of battery voltage” below.
recognizes.
2 3
- +
1
49.6V
V
- +
5
6
500945
1. Battery 4. Contactor
2. Pump contactor 5. Tester or Multi-meter
3. Line contactor 6. Right traction inverter
1-33
#47 Foot Direction

This setting defines the foot direction control.
1: Standard direction lever
2: Foot Direction Control (FoDiCo)
3: Armrest FNR
#48 Load Meter Function (E-03-28)

Enable or disable the load meter option. A different method of calculation is used based on the #44
Mast type. On the truck with 2-FF or 3-FF, when the mast is
0: Disable
positioned in the first stage, the value displayed on the load
1: Enable
meter is valid, however, when the mast is in the second
To use this function, an oil pressure sensor is required. Units stage, the load meter does not show the correct value.
are selectable between KG and LBS from the display.
R CAUTION
The value of the load meter should be used as a reference only, as it is calculated from an oil pressure converted value. Do not
use this value for calculation of the rated load for truck performance.
#50 Tilt Horizon Function (E-04-57, E-03-28)

Enable or disable the tilt horizon function. For MC trucks, prepare the output unit and tilt lock valve for
this job.
0: Disable
1: Enable To stop the mast in a horizontal position during empty load
or when the mast is tilting forward, press the ALS switch.
To use this function, ALS switch, tilt angle sensor and oil
pressure sensor are required. See the table below for the movement when ALS switch is
pressed.
Loaded or empty Tilt lever operation Status of mast (angle) Mast movement
Backward tilt Forward tilt/backward tilt Will be tilted backward.
Empty load Forward tilt Backward tilt Will be tilted forward.
Forward tilt Will not be tilted forward.
Backward tilt Forward tilt/backward tilt Will not be tilted backward. (On Mc
Loaded model, will be tilted backward.)
Forward tilt Forward tilt/backward tilt Will not be tilted forward.
#51 Tilt Horizon Adjustment

Tilt angle sensor horizontal value setting
Zero point should be set up with the normal tilt angle kept in horizontal position.
#55 Load Meter Adjustment

Load meter zero point setting
Zero point setting is also available from the display.
#-- Tire Adjustment

Tire angle sensor straight position setting
Straight position should be set up.
The zero set is done at the moment you press the “<<“ button without pushing the “write” button.
1-34
5.5 Setup Options (Group 1)
Option Default
Title of Option Description Range
# Value
The value setting of the following 10 items
are registered on shipping.
Top travel speed, Acceleration rate,
Application Pre-Sets
Traveling power, Brake Regeneration,
#1 (Truck Operation Mode) 1 to 5 3
Automatic Regeneration, Start lift speed,
*1
Top lift speed, Tilt speed, Auxiliary 1 Speed,
and Auxiliary 2 Speed.
Refer to the explanation for details.
Speed setting for start lift speed
1 to 10
#2 Start Lift Speed Start lift speed cannot exceed top lift 1
(1: SLOW to 10: FAST)
speed.
Lift speed when operating the lever at 1 to 10
#3 Top Lift Speed 7
maximum (1: SLOW to 10: FAST)
1 to 10
#4 Tilt Speed Speed setting for tilt 4
1 to 10
#5 Auxiliary 1 Speed Speed setting for attachment 1 3
1 to 10
#6 Auxiliary 2 Speed Speed setting for attachment 2 3
5 to 16 [km/h] (3-Wheel model)
#7 Top Travel Speed Limit Maximum travel speed 15
5 to 17 [km/h] (4-Wheel model)
1 to 10
#8 Acceleration Rate Choice of acceleration rate 5
1, 2, 3
#9 Traveling Power Mode Choice of power characteristic (1: ECONOMY, 2: STANDARD, 3: 2
HIGH POWER)
This function notifies service personnel that
the maintenance interval is approaching or
has passed. 0, 0.1,
100, 150, ...950, 1000,
It means the lapsed time when setting up.
=0.1 (6 min.),
#10 Service Indicator Approached: !LED flashes (20 hour) =100, =150, =950, =1000 0
(In increments of 50 [hour])
!LED turn on and power
Passed : “=”: power reduction
reduction (selected)
0: no action
(2)
Refer to the explanation for details.
*1 Before changing, when parameter data are different from the values of the selected mode, the truck mode indicator (1 to 5)
flashes.
When the truck mode is changed, all parameter data is replaced by the set values of the selected mode.
1-35
Op- Default Harness

tion# Value Pin No.
When the auxiliary
input 1 signal is on,
0: Disable
travel speed or lift
1: Disable lift (switch closed)
speed is limited to the
2: Speed limit (switch closed)
Aux Input for Lift/ set value.
#11 3: Power reduction (switch closed) 0 E-03-40
Drive Speed 1 The maximum speed
4: Disable lift (switch opened)
is defined at #12.
5: Speed limit (switch opened)
The amount of power
6: Power reduction (switch opened)
reduction is defined
at #13.
Aux Travel Speed Travel speed limit for 5 to 16 [km/h] (3-Wheel model)
#12 12 E-03-40
Limit 1 #11 5 to 17 [km/h] (4-Wheel model)
Traction power
Aux Power
#13 reduction ratio for 0 to 100 [%] 70 E-03-40
Reduction Rate 1
#11
When the auxiliary
speed is limited to set
Aux Input for Lift/ value.
#14 Same as #11 0 E-03-41
is defined at #15.
The amount of power
at #16.
#15 12 E-03-41
Traction power
Aux Power
#16 reduction ratio for 0 to 100 [%] 70 E-03-41
Reduction Rate 2
#14
When the auxiliary
speed is limited to set
Aux Input for Lift/ value.
#17 Same as #11 0 E-03-30
is defined at #18.
The amount of power
at #19.
#18 12 E-03-30
Aux Power Power reduction ratio
#19 0 to 100 [%] 70 E-03-30
Reduction Rate 3 for #17
10 steps for regen
Regen Adjustment 1 to 10
#21 power on brake 5 –
for Brake Regen (1: SLOW to 10: FAST)
regen
Regen Adjustment 10 steps for regen 1 to 10
#22 7 –
for Lever Regen power on lever regen (1: SLOW to 10: FAST)
1-36
Op- Default Harness

tion# Value Pin No.
Regen Adjustment 10 steps for regen
1 to 10
#23 for Accelerator power on accelerator 5 –
Regen regen
Setting of constant Constant reaction force
steering reaction strength
force and deviation
Weak Medium Strong
Steering handle force.
#25 8 –
force The setting should be Eccentric Weak 1 2 3
in accordance with reaction
Medium 4 5 6
the table shown on force
the right. strength Strong 7 8 9
Sets speed for turning 5 to 16 [km/h] (3-Wheel model) E-04-57,
#26 Speed Alarm 1 12
on alarm 1 light. 5 to 17 [km/h] (4-Wheel model) 58
Steering range Sets the lock-to-lock 0 to 10: From small to large (Currently, the same
#28 5 –
selection range of steering. range at any value)
Turning speed Turnting speed limit 0: Disable
#29 1 –
limit setting 1: Enable
This setting defines
the function of
“Speed Limit” W
Turtle SW Input switch. 0: Disable W
#30 1
Setting According to the 1: Enable button
combination of #30,
#31 you can reduce
travel speed.
This option
Travel Speed Limit determines the 5 to 16 [km/h] (3-Wheel model) W
#31 12
of Turtle SW maximum travel 5 to 17 [km/h] (4-Wheel model) button
speed limit of #30.
Sets speed for turning 5 to 16 [km/h] (3-Wheel model) E-03-33,
#34 Speed Alarm 2 12
on alarm 2 light. 5 to 17 [km/h] (4-Wheel model) 35
In this option, the
Lowering Speed display shows value 0 to 15
#35 0 –
ADJ. *1 for lowering speed (0: SLOW to 15: FAST)
adjustment.
Enabling the pitch
control that
suppresses the risk of 0: Disable
#39 Pitching control 0 –
the carrying load to 1: Enable
fall down or
unbalanced.
*1: This setting is applicable to the FC models only.
1-37
Option Default
# Value
This option is used to set the type of 0: 3-Wheel model
#40 Truck Type –
the truck. 1: 4-Wheel model
This option is used to set the voltage
#41 Battery Voltage 36, 48 [V] –
of the battery.
This option is used to set the type of
the battery. 0: Normal BDI
#42 Battery Type The electric discharge characteristic 1: Tubular BDI –
of a battery changes with battery 2: Gel BDI
type.
Hydraulic Control This option is used to set the type of 0: FC specification
#43 –
Selection the hydraulic control 1: MC specification
2FF: 2-stage full-free
This option is used to set the type of
#44 Mast Type 3FF: 3-stage full-free –
the mast.
2SP: 2-stage panorama
This option is used to set the 1: 3 ways (lift, tilt, attachment 1)
#45 Valve Section –
number of valve sections. 2: 4 ways (lift, tilt, attachment 1,2)
This setting corrects the gap of the
battery voltage which the controller
recognizes, and actual battery
voltage.
Battery Voltage
#46 Measure actual battery voltage and 5.0 to 120.0 [V] –
Adjustment
operate the direction lever in order
to adjust the value which is shown
on the service tool actual battery
voltage.
This option is used to enable the 1: Standard direction lever
#47 Foot Direction function for foot direction option. 2: Foot Directional Control (FoDiCo) –
Armrest FNR 3: Armrest FNR
This option is used to enable/disable 0: Disable
#48 Load Meter Function
the load meter. 1: Enable
This option is used to enable/disable 0: Disable
#50 Tilt Horizon Function
the tilt horizon function. 1: Enable
When the #50 “Tilt horizon function “
is enabled, this option is used to
#51 Tilt Horizon Adjustment 0 to 255
store the analog value when the
mast is positioned horizontally.
When the #48 “Load Meter” is
enabled, this option is used to store
#55 Load Adjustment 0 to 255
the analog value when the live load
is zero.
Note:
(1) The data of a group 3 has no default value, but it needs to set data by the actual truck type. If the value and the truck model
aren’t in agreement, the truck does not operate normally.
(2) When you set up for the first time, set up the group 3 first, and then set default data of group 1 and 2.
(3) If SUO data is not set, the error code “62” is displayed.
(4) This value was adjusted at the time of LOGIC CARD inspection. Adjust the value if the value shown on the service tool is
different from actual battery voltage.
1-38
6. Diagnostics
6.1 Outline
The controller monitors status of various input/output equipment to allow diagnostics of truck’s malfunction.
There is a diagnostics called Self Diagnostics, which performs equipment check during maintenance.
Diagnostics
Mode Description
Diagnostics Self diagnostics Checks function of electrical systems.
Self diagnostics that exclusively checks the power steering system is also available.
6.2 Operation Procedure
Turn on the key switch and enter the diagnostics mode using service tool.
Perform diagnostics by following the procedure below.
Preparatory operations (excluding steering)

(1) Place the parking brake lever in the locked position.
(2) Turn OFF the key switch.
(3) Disconnect the battery plug.
(4) Discharge all inverters. See page 1-53.
(5) Place the direction lever in the N position.
(6) Remove the line fuse (500 A) and steering fuse (100 A).
(7) Connect the battery plug.
Diagnostics procedure
Perform the procedure using the Self-Diagnostics table in accordance with the following guide.
(1) Start diagnostics with the Step 0 in the table. Without sitting in the seat, turn ON the key switch according to the
instruction in the “Do this” box on the Step 0 line. If the item passes the check without any problem, the next step number
“01” appears on the display.
If the item involves any problem and fails in the check, “dd” is shown on the display. The display also shows “dd” when
diagnostics is started without removing the fuse. In this case, diagnostics is prohibited from going even to the first step.
(2) When the Step 0 has passed the check, diagnostics may
advance to the Step 1 item (seat switch). Cycle the seat
switch OFF 6 ON 6 OFF according to the instruction in
the “Do this” box on the Step 1 line. If the item passes 1
the check, the next step number “02” appears on the
display.
Do likewise for the succeeding items, following the
instructions in the “Do this” column boxes. If the step
fails in the check, diagnostics does not advance
automatically. In this case, diagnostics can be forcibly
advanced to the next step by pressing the R button on
the display or the next button on the service tool.
*Diagnostic items can be skipped by pressing the Skip
button on the service tool. 500946
1. Diagnostics result indication
1-39
(3) When all the steps have been checked through, turn
OFF the key switch. Be sure to reinstall the 500 A line
fuse and 100 A steering fuse.
- Turn OFF the key switch to exit from the diagnostics
mode.
- Repair all faults found immediately after diagnostics.
> **
501125
Follow the instructions in the diagnostics procedure guide above as well as those in the applicable boxes in the “Do this”
column.
1-40
6.3 Self-Diagnostics
Step Diagnosis Do this Controller check Result Display Contactor operation

item this
Pass 01
Close line
contactor and 16 Contactor closes and
0 Line voltage Remove fuse. Pass
check power line (see 1-42) opens.
voltage.
Fail dd
Release, press and release seat Input Pass 02

1 Seat SW
SW. OFF - ON - OFF fail 01
Direction Cycle direction lever. Input Pass 03

2
change SW N-R-N-F-N N-R-N-F-N Fail 02
Parking brake Apply and release parking Input Pass 04

3
SW brake SW. ON - OFF- ON Fail 03
Service brake Release and press service brake Input Pass 05

4
SW SW. OFF - ON - OFF Fail 04
Press and release accelerator. Pass Note (1)

5 Accel And see display. Fail -
Push R button on meter panel. - 06
Pass Note (2)
Handle , Tire See display.
6 Fail -
angle sensor
Battery Check battery Pass 08

7 Automatic
voltage voltage. Fail 07
Input Pass 09
8 Lift lever (up) Pull and release lift lever.
OFF - ON - OFF Fail 08
Input Pass 10
9 Tilt lever Pull and release tilt lever.
OFF - ON - OFF Fail 09
Pull and release attachment 1 Input Pass 11

10 Attach 1 lever
lever. OFF - ON - OFF Fail 10
Pull and release attachment 2 Input Pass 12

11 Attach 2 lever
lever. OFF - ON - OFF Fail 11
Pass Note (3)
Pull any lever and see display.
12 Pump speed Fail -
Pass 14 Contactor closes.
See line contactor close. Contactor dose not
13 Line contactor Fail 13
closes.
1-41
Step Diagnosis Do this Controller check Result Display Contactor operation

item this
Pass 14 Contactor closes.
Steering See steering contactor close. Contactor dose not
14 Fail 13
contactor closes.
Release, fasten and release seat Input Pass OK

15 Seat belt
belt. OFF - ON - OFF Fail 15
Note:
(1) Input (ON / OFF) to the accelerator switch and travel of the accelerator pedal (0 to 100 percent) appears.
(2) The steering wheel angle is displayed on the upper window and the wheel angle on the lower window.
(3) Setting of hydraulic speed (0 to 10) appears when any lever is pulled.
6.4 Power Steering Diagnostics
Perform power steering diagnostics using the following procedure.
Preparatory operations
(1) Place the parking brake lever in the locked position.
(2) Turn OFF the key switch.
(4) Discharge all inverters. See page 1-53.
(5) Place the direction lever in the N position.
(6) Remove the line fuse (500 A). (Do not remove steering fuse)
(7) Connect the battery plug.
Diagnostics procedure
Perform the procedure using the Self-Diagnostics (Power steering system) table in accordance with the following guide.
(1) Start diagnostics with the Step 0 in the table. Turn ON the key switch according to the instruction in the “Do this” box on
the Step 0 line. If the item passes the check without any problem, the next step number “16” appears on the display. If
the item involves any problem and fails in the check, “dd” is shown on the display. The display also shows “dd” when
diagnostics is started without removing the fuse. In this case, diagnostics is prohibited from going even to the first step.
(2) When the Step 0 has passed the check, diagnostics may
advance to the Step 16 item (steering). Check the
steering sensor according to the instruction in the “Do 1
this” box on the Step 16 line.
(3) When all the steps have been checked through, turn
OFF the key switch.
Be sure to reinstall the line fuse.
- Turn OFF the key switch to exit from the diagnostics
mode.
- Repair all faults found immediately after diagnostics.
500947
1. Diagnostics result indication
Follow the instructions in the diagnostics procedure guide above as well as those in the applicable boxes in the “Do this”
column.
1-42
Self-Diagnostics (Power steering system)
Step Diagnosis Do this Controller check this Result Display Contactor

item operation
Contactor closes
Pass 16
and opens.
Close line contactor and
0 Line voltage Remove steering fuse. Pass 01
check power line voltage.
(see 1-41)
Fail dd
Operate steering and Pass Note (1)

16 Steering
see display. Fail -
Note: The steering wheel angle is displayed on the upper window and the wheel angle on the lower window.
1-43
6.5 Run Time Diagnostics
Availability of operation:
z: Yes, 9: No, s: Partially operable, *: Applicable
Display
Fault history record

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Fault　 Error condition Restriction
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
Traction Motor
Motor (145°C [293°F]or Driving power
E0 R.H., * * z z Cool
higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower) reduction
Overheating
Traction Motor Motor (145°C [293°F] or Driving power
E1 * * z z Cool
L.H., Overheating higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower) reduction
Pump Motor, Motor (145°C [293°F] or Pump power
E2 * * z z Cool
Overheating higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower) reduction
MOSFET (100°C [212°F] or
Traction Inverter
higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower) Driving power
E5 R.H., * * z z Cool
Capacitor (110°C [230°F] or reduction
Overheating
higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower)
MOSFET (100°C or higher,
Traction Inverter -25°C [-13°F] or lower) Driving power
E6 * * z z Cool
L.H., Overheating Capacitor (110°C [230°F]or reduction
higher, -25°C [-13°F] or lower) Pump power
* * z z Cool
Capacitor (110°C [230°F] or reduction
Pump Inverter,
E7 Control power
Overheating
MOSFET (105°C [221°F] or reduction
higher), Capacitor (115°C * * z z (Load handling Cool
[239°F] or higher) restricted to
1s)
Thermistor
(IMS 100°C [230°F], -25°C Driving power
* * z z Cool
[-13°F] , Capacitor 110°C reduction
PS Controller [230°F], -25°C [-13°F] )
E9
Overheating
higher) Capacitor (115°C * * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
[239°F] or higher)
Traction Motor
Current sensor offset mean
14 Current Sensor * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
value is ±120A or more
R.H. Fault
Current value exceeding
Traction Motor 586Arms in 1.6 mm sec. , or
15 R.H., Over- exceeding 631 Arms in 1 m * * z z Turn key off
current sec., or exceeding 781 Arms
instantaneously.
1-44
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
Stall condition exceeds 7 sec.
Traction Motor
16 (estimated time to the boost * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
R.H., Stall Timer
stop)
Traction Motor
24 L.H. Current * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
value is ± 120A or more.
Sensor Fault
Current value exceeding 586
Traction Motor Arms in 1.6 mm sec. , or
25 L.H., Over- exceeding 631 Arms in 1 m * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
current sec., or exceeding 781 Arms
instantaneously.
Stall condition exceeds 7 sec.
Traction Motor
26 (estimated time to the boost * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
L.H., Stall Timer
stop)
Pump Motor
34 Current Sensor * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
value is ± 120 A or more.
Fault
Current value exceeding 586
Arms in 1.6 mm sec. , or
Pump Motor
35 exceeding 631 Arms in 1 m * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
Over-current
sec., or exceeding 781 Arms
instantaneously.
The difference in voltage
Line Contactor
40 between battery and inverter * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
Fault
is 7 V DC or more.
The difference in voltage
Steering
Steering between battery and power
41 * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
Contactor Fault steering controller is 7 V DC
stop
or more.
Traction Motor Traction motor disconnected
45 * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
R.H. Open when the power is turned on.
Traction Motor Traction motor disconnected
L.H. Open when the power is turned on.
Pump Motor Pump motor disconnected
Open when the power is turned on.
Steering
PS motor disconnected when
49 PS Motor Open * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
the power is turned on.
stop
Tire angle sensor output 0.2 V
Driving power
or lower, or 4.8 V or higher, or * * z z Turn key off
reduction
Tire Angle inconsistent data.
50
Sensor Fault Tire angle sensor output 0.2 V Steering
or lower, or 4.8 V or higher, or * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
inconsistent data. stop
1-45
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
Compensation of accelerator
Accelerator pedal 1 or 2 is 4.9 V or more,
Sensor Fault or the difference between
both data is 0.5 or more.
Traction Motor
Rotational speed exceeds
52 RH Pulse Input * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
6000 rpm for 2 seconds.
Fault
Traction Motor
Rotational speed exceeds
53 LH Pulse Input * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
6000 rpm for 2 seconds.
Fault
Lever input voltage is 0.1 V or
Corresponding
less, or 4.95 V or more, or the
FC Lever Fault working
54 difference in data between * * z s Turn key off
(FC model only) implement
original and duplicate is
stop
large.
Corresponding
Output Unit
Carrying a current of 0.16A or working
55 Solenoid Fault * * z s Turn key off
less, or 1.9A or more. implement
(FC model only)
stop
Output Unit
Solenoid Current Current is 0.18A or more
56 * * z s Normal stop Turn key off
Leak (FC model when current is not applied.
only)
Display Display failure or
60 Communication communication line * * z z Turn key off
Fault disconnection.
Logic Card No setting of Setup Gr3, or no Immediate
61 * * 9 z Turn key off
Initialize Failure setting of default. stop
Setup data parity check, ROM, Immediate
62 Logics Fault * * 9 9 Turn key off
RAM sum check stop
Traction inverter ROM/ Immediate
* * 9 z Turn key off
EEPRROM/RAM failure stop
Traction Inverter
63 Traction inverter CAM Recover
R.H. Fault (Waiting for
communication is * * z z communica-
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
Traction inverter ROM/ Immediate
Traction Inverter
64 Traction inverter CAM Recover
L.H. Fault (Waiting for
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
1-46
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
Pump inverter ROM/ Immediate
Pump Inverter
65 Pump inverter CAM Recover
Fault (Waiting for
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
Input unit ROM/EEPRROM/ Immediate
* * 9 9 Turn key off
RAM failure stop
Input Unit Fault
67 Input unit cam Recover
(FC model only) (Waiting for
communication is * * z 9 communica-
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
Output unit ROM/EEPRROM/ Immediate
* * 9 9 Turn key off
Output Unit RAM failure stop
68 Fault (FC model Output unit CAM Recover
only) (Waiting for
communication is * * z 9 communica-
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
EPS controller ROM/ Immediate
EPS controller CAM Recover
(Waiting for
CAN recovery)
interrupted. tion
EPS Inverter
71 (Waiting for Recover
Fault ON or OFF of life signal
* * z z life signal communica-
continues 60 ms or more.
recovery) tion
Steering
Both CAN and life signal are
* * 9 z emergency Turn key off
abnormal.
stop
Line contactor short circuit
* * z z Normal stop Turn key off
protection is activated.
Contactor Coil
72 Steering
Fault Steering contactor short
* * 9 z emergency Turn key off
circuit protection is activated.
stop
Corresponding
Lift lock valve short circuit working
* * z 9 Turn key off
protection is activated. implement
stop
Hydraulic Lock Carrying a current of 0.16A or
74 Solenoid Fault less, or 1.9 A more when
(FC model only) Corresponding
current is being applied to
working
the tilt lock, or carrying a * * z 9 Turn key off
implement
current of 0.18 A or more
stop
when current is not being
applied.
Parking Brake Parking brake short-circuit
Solenoid detected.
1-47
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
(Only error
PDS buzzer short-circuit display and
76 PDS Buzzer Fault * * z z Turn key off
protection is activated. buzzer
stoppage)
Battery voltage is less than
the value below after 120
msec from the time the
Battery Voltage power is applied. Immediate
Too Low Battery voltage 36 V truck: stop
Error threshold: 30 V.
Battery voltage 48 V truck:
Battery voltage is less than
the value below after 120
msec from the time the
Battery Voltage power is applied. Immediate
Too High Battery voltage 36 V truck: stop
Battery voltage 48 V truck:
0.1 V or less or 4.9 V or more (Tilt stop only
Tilt Angle Sensor
80 of sensor input voltage * * z z when ALS SW Turn key off
Fault
continues 400 ms or more. is ON)
When the truck is stopped,
Load Sensor 0.1 V or less, or 4.9 V or more ( Pitch control
81 * * z z Turn key off
Fault of load sensor input voltage OFF)
continues 400 ms or more.
82 Handle Angle steering angle input cycle 1 Driving power
* * z z Turn key off
Sensor Fault and 2. reduction
Steering angle input signal Steering
cycle 1 and 2 sensors error. * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
Inconsistent 1 and 2 sensors. stop
PS controller LIFE signal Steering
short-circuit protection is * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
activated. stop
96 PS PWM1 Fault
PS controller LIFE signal Steering
short-circuit protection is * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
activated. stop
Battery
Battery voltage is low (25V or Driving power Charge
- Consumption z z
less ) reduction battery
Much
Battery
Battery voltage is low (22 V or Normal
Lo Consumption * * * z z Turn key off
less) stoppage
Too Much
1-48
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
All the FNR signals are OFF or
EE FNR Lever Fault * * z z (Neutral) Turn key off
more than one point is ON.
Brake Oil, Low
- Brake fluid low level SW is ON. * z z Turn key off
Lever
Battery voltage for calendar Hour meter
- RTC Battery Low z z Turn key off
IC is low. blinking
FNR Neutral
Turned the power on when Waiting for
Accel open
the FNR lever/accelerator is * 9 z recovery to
Seat SW
FNR Lever or not in neutral position. travel.
close
E Accelerator,
Faulty Setting FNR Neutral
Seated while operating the Accel open
* z z (PDS function)
FNR lever/accelerator. Seat SW
close
FNR Neutral
Seat Switch,
Accel open
- Faulty Setting for Leaving the seat. * z z (PDS function)
Seat SW
Traction
close
Seat Switch, (PDS function) FNR Neutral
Faulty Setting for Accel open
- Leaving the seat. * z z
Pump Seat SW
close
Waiting for Lever off/
Turned the power on when recovery to Neutral
* 9 9
the lift lever is ON. handle the Seat SW
Lift Lever, Faulty load. close
H1
Setting Lever off/
Seated when the lift lever is Neutral
* 9 (PDS function)
ON. Seat SW
close
* 9 z
the tilt lever is ON. handle the Seat SW
Tilt Lever, Faulty load. close
H2
Setting Lever off/
Seated when the tilt lever is Neutral
* z (PDS function)
ON. Seat SW
close
1-49
Display

Steering operation
Lift lowering
I CON
Error To return
Exclamation
Neutral lock
Brake fluid
Mast lock
Overheat
Code to normal
Battery
* 9 z
the attach 1 lever is ON. handle the Seat SW
Attachment 1 load. close
H3 Lever, Faulty
Setting Lever off/
Seated when the attach 1 Neutral
* z (PDS function)
lever is ON. Seat SW
close
* 9 z
the attach 2 lever is ON. handle the Seat SW
Attachment 2 load. close
H4 Lever, Faulty
Setting Lever off/
Seated when the attach 2 Neutral
* z (PDS function)
lever is ON. Seat SW
close
EPS Motor Steering
A4 Current Sensor * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
value is ± 16 A or more.
Fault stop
EPS motor current :
Steering
EPS Motor Over- 115.7 A (Instantaneous)
A5 * * 9 z emergency Turn key off
current 112.6 A (1 ms)
stop
111.9 A (1.6 ms)
Command value > 0.2A, FB
EPS Handle current is less than 0.16A Driving power
A7 * * z z Turn key off
Brake Fault when short-circuit protection reduction
is activated.
Battery Side Way
Battery side way SW OFF
A8 Exchange * * z z Normal stop Turn key off
condition continues 400 ms.
Interlock
Note:
(1) E0-E7 don’t appear on the display, but are stored in the history folder.
(2) E, (E), (L), H1-H5, and Lo appear on the display, but not stored in the history folder. (E) means flashing.
(3) “Line contactor off(*)” means that the contactor will open immediately when a fault is detected.
“Line contactor off” means that the contactor will open when a current gets to 0.
(4) Contactor “hold” means “no change.” When the error occurs while the contactor is turned on, it keeps on.
1-50
6.6 Fail-Safe Restriction List
Availability of operation:
z: Yes, 9: No, s: Partially operable
Availability of
Contactor Servo
operation
Load handling (Excluding lowering)

Parking brake
Lift lock valve

Classification
Restriction
Load handling
Description
Steering
Steering
Steering
Drive
Drive
Line
Immediate Failure detected by initial power-up
OFF OFF Lock OFF OFF OFF ON 9 9 9
stop testing
When a failure is detected, speed
command 0 is sent to traction and
Normal stop ON ON Auto OFF OFF ON ON 9 9 z
pump inverters and the servo is
turned off.
Failure
*1 Line and steering contactors are
Emergency
turned off upon detection of a OFF OFF Lock OFF OFF OFF ON 9 9 9
stop
failure.
Steering Line and steering contactors are
emergency turned off upon detection of a
OFF OFF Lock OFF OFF OFF ON 9 9 9
stop failure.
Correspond- Working implement where failure

Partial
ing working detected is disabled. (Working ON
failure ON ON Auto ON ON ON z z z
implement implements without any problem *3
*1
stop *2 can be operable.)
Driving Driving power is reduced.
power ON ON Auto ON ON ON ON z z z
reduction
Pump power Power for handling load is reduced.
ON ON Auto ON ON ON ON z z z
reduction
Degene The operator is not seated, or
racy Waiting for
seated with the accelerator OFF and
*1 recovery to ON ON Auto OFF ON ON ON 9 z z
the travel direction placed in a
drive
position other than the neutral.
Waiting for The operator is not seated, or
recovery to seated and turned the power on
ON ON Auto ON OFF ON ON z 9 z
handle the when the control lever is not in the
load neutral position.
1-51
*1 The function will not be recovered in case of failure and partial failure unless the power is turned off. For degeneracy, the
function will be recovered when the condition is removed. The fail-safe is considered to be a normal for partial failure and
degeneracy.
*2 For MC model, only lifting operation can be disabled.
*3 If error 74 (Hydraulic Lock Solenoid Fault) of lift lock valve coil failure occurs, the lift lock valve is turned OFF.
1-52
7. Removal and Installation
7.1 Inverter Discharging Procedure
Discharge the inverters by using the following procedure.

(1) Turn off the key switch.
(3) Remove the rear cover.
500948
R CAUTION
Be careful not to be pinched yourself between the head guard and seat.
(4) Place a 150 /25 W resistor between P and N terminals in

the right traction inverter to discharge the inverter.
(5) After touching the resistor to the P and N terminals for
approx. five seconds, measure the voltage between the
terminals with a multimeter and confirm a reading of 5
V or less.
(6) Perform the same procedure for the left traction
inverter, pump inverter, and EPS controller in order to
discharge all inverters.
500949
Check whether the resistance between + and - of the

battery plug on the truck side is 1 kΩ or more when
connecting the battery plug for the first time after
maintenance. (Discharge all inverters completely before
measuring. Longer measurement time reduces resistance
value.)
502799
1-53
7.2 Replacing Inverter
Removal
(1) Perform steps (1) to (6) in Inverter Discharging Procedure.
R CAUTION
Be sure to discharge all inverters.
(2) Disconnect all five power cables from P, N, U, V and W

terminals.
500950
R CAUTION
When disconnecting the connector, hold the connector housing and plug, and unlock the connector.
Holding the case may cause damage to the inside card, while holding the cable may cause wire breakage.
(3) Remove M10 bolts (four places) fixing the inverter, then remove the inverter.
Installation
(1) Wipe off the dirt and thermal paste from the inverter mounting surface and remove dirt from the mounting surface and
the aluminum base plate of the inverter.
(2) Apply thermal paste approx. 1 mm (0.04 in.) thick to the area where the aluminum base plate of the inverter comes into
contact with the truck body.
R CAUTION
Apply thin and even thermal paste since it works to release generated heat from the inverter to the truck body.
(3) Fix the inverter with M10 bolts.

(4) Connect the power cables to P, N, U, V and W terminals.
R CAUTION
Use the correct power cables and terminate marked cable ends to the correct terminals marked on the motor.
Cables terminated at the wrong terminals on the motor may cause the motor to rotate in the opposite direction when
activated.
Tightening
Item
torque
16 ± 1.0 N·m
P, N
M8 nut {1.63 ± 0.10 kgf·m}
U, V and W terminals
[11.80 ± 0.74 lbf·ft]
(5) Connect the main harness connector to the inverter.
R CAUTION
Forcibly pressing of the connector may cause damage to the DSP card. Hold the connector housing and press the connector, if
required.
1-54
7.3 Replacing DSP (Digital Signal Processor) Card
Removal
R CAUTION
Be sure to discharge inverters before working on the electrical system.
(2) Disconnect the connector.
500951
1. DSP Card
R CAUTION
(3) Push and lift up at the four corners of the card cover to remove the cover.
(4) Unlock the connector that is connected to the flat

cable.
Hold the both ends of the white part of the connector
and pull it straight up.
(5) Pull the flat cable connector to disconnect it.
If it cannot be disconnected smoothly, raise the lock
again to unlock.
(6) Pinch the plastic spacers at the four corners of the DSP
card with pliers to unlock and remove the card.
500952
R CAUTION
Be careful not to damage mounted parts with the pliers since the card has a number of fragile parts.
1-55
Installation
(1) Align the four mounting holes of the new DSP card with the plastic spacer positions and press it into place.
R CAUTION
Press at the card edges.
Make sure that the spacer lock works completely and the card is secure.
(2) Verify that the flat cable connector is unlocked by

raising the connector lock.
(3) Insert the flat cable into the connector. Press down the
connector lock.
500953
R CAUTION
Do not forcibly bend the flat cable. Insert its conductive surface in the direction shown in the illustration.
Verify that the cable is inserted squarely into the connector.
(4) Install the cover while pushing the flat cable toward the card side slightly.
R CAUTION
Do not force the flat cable into the inverter cover.
Do not forcibly bend the flat cable. Make sure that the cable will not be pinched underneath the cover.
Verify that the cover is completely locked.
(5) Connect the main harness connector to the inverter.
R CAUTION
Forcibly pressing of the connector may cause damage to the DSP card. Hold the connector housing and press the connector, if
required (for the card with vertical type connector).
1-56
7.4 Replacing Logic Unit
Removal
(3) Remove the side cover. (3-Wheel model)
Remove the rear cover. (4-Wheel model)
502536
500948
(4) Disconnect the connector from the logic card and

power supply card.
500956
R CAUTION
(5) Remove M8 bolts (two places) and remove the logic unit.
Installation
Follow the removal sequence in reverse.
1-57
7.5 Replacing EPS Controller
Removal
R CAUTION
Be sure to discharge all inverters.
(2) Disconnect all four power cables from P, N, U, and W terminals.
Installation
Item Tightening torque

4.00 ± 0.50 N·m
M6 nut {0.41 ± 0.05 kgf·m}
[2.95 ± 0.37 lbf·ft]
1-58
7.6 Replacing Logic Card
Note: When replacing the logic card, it is recommended to

replace the logic unit as an assembly. 1
When the cover is removed from the logic unit case,
its tapped holes may get damaged.
Replace the cover if the tapped holes of the cover are
damaged.
Removal
(1) Perform steps (1) to (5) in Replacing Logic Unit.
(2) Remove M3 flat head screws (two places) from the
bottom of the logic unit to remove the cover.
(3) Remove M3 screws (four places) fixing the logic card to
the logic unit case to remove the logic card. 2
(4) Remove the grommet from the logic card.
501126
1. Cover 2. Logic unit case
Installation 2
501127
1. Heat sink 2. Logic card
1
501128
1. Grommet 2. Logic card
R CAUTION
When installing the logic card onto the logic unit case, carefully tighten the logic card and heat sink fixing screws to the
specified torque to avoid excessive stresses. Fix the heat sink first.

M3 screw 0.98 ± 0.20 N·m {0.10 ± 0.02 kgf·m} [0.72 ± 0.15 lbf·ft]
M3 flat head screw 0.30 ± 0.10 N·m {0.03 ± 0.01 kgf·m} [0.22 ± 0.074 lbf·ft]
1-59
7.7 Replacing Power Supply Card
Note: When replacing the power supply card, it is

recommended to replace the logic unit as an 1
assembly.
When the cover is removed from the logic unit case,
its tapped holes may get damaged.
Replace the cover if the tapped holes of the cover are
damaged.
Removal
(1) Perform step (1) to (5) in Replacing Logic Unit.
(2) Remove M3 flat head screws (four places) from the
bottom of the logic unit to remove the cover.
2
(3) Remove M3 screws (seven places) fixing the power
supply card to the logic unit case to remove the power
supply card.
501126
(4) Remove the grommet from the power supply card.
1. Cover 2. Logic unit case
Installation
1 2
501129
1. Heat sink 2. Power supply card
501130
1. Grommet 2. Power supply card
R CAUTION
When installing the power supply card onto the logic unit case, carefully tighten the power supply card and heat sink fixing
screws to the specified torque to avoid excessive stresses. Fix the heat sink first.

M3 screw 0.98 ± 0.20 N·m {0.10 ± 0.02 kgf·m} [0.72 ± 0.15 lbf·ft]
M3 flat head screw 0.30 ± 0.10 N·m {0.03 ± 0.01 kgf·m} [0.22 ± 0.074 lbf·ft]
1-60
7.8 Replacing Input Unit (FC MODEL ONLY)
Removal
(3) Disconnect the input unit connector.
500957
R CAUTION
(4) Remove M6 screws (two places) to remove the input unit.
Installation

2.90 ± 0.58 N·m
M6 screw {0.30 ± 0.06 kgf·m}
[2.14 ± 0.43 lbf·ft]
1-61
7.9 Replacing Output Unit (FC MODEL ONLY)
Removal
(1) Turn off the key switch. 1
(3) Disconnect the output unit connector.
500960
1. Output Unit
R CAUTION
(4) Remove M6 bolts (four places) to remove the output unit.
Installation

6.90 ± 1.38 N·m
M6 bolt {0.70 ± 0.14 kgf·m}
[5.09 ± 1.02 lbf·ft]
1-62
8. Basic Check
Always follow basic troubleshooting steps.
- Talk to the operator.
- Confirm the operator's description of the problem with an operational check.
- Visually inspect cables, connectors, contactor tips, etc.
- Perform basic battery cables to frame resistance test. (at least 20 k ohm)
- Check battery condition.
Always check each option and write down the reading.
8.1 Testing Tools
Note: The illustrations show digital multimeters. In these

2
multimeters, the positive (+) terminal is applied with
positive charge, and the negative (-) terminal with
1
negative charge. It should be noted that the terminals
must be connected inversely when using an analog
meter. 3
500961
1. Multimeter 3. IC clip
2. Clamp meter
R WARNING
Disconnect the battery plug before inspecting or adjusting the controller.
8.2 Measurement of Card Voltage
R WARNING
To prevent accidental movement of the truck, place wood blocks under the truck to lift the front wheels off the ground.
Stay away from the front wheels.
(1) Tilt the mast fully backward. Place blocks under the mast, and tilt the mast forward to raise the front end of the truck.
(2) Turn the key switch off.
(3) Disconnect the battery plug. Remove the cover.
(4) Reconnect the battery plug.
(5) Turn the key switch on. Connect the negative terminal of the multimeter to the V GND terminal of the card.
(6) Set the multimeter to the 100 VDC range.
(7) Connect the positive terminal of the multimeter to each pin of connectors detailed on the following pages.
Note: Be careful not to short-circuit pins. For the normal voltage value, refer to the card voltage chart on the following pages.
1-63
Logic card voltage chart
CN1
No. Name Note

No. Name Note
37 FORWARD SW
1 GND-L thick
38 BRAKE FLUID SW
2 +VL thick
39
3 GND-L thick
40 AUX SW 1
4 +5V-L thick
41 AUX SW 2
5 CANH thick
42
6 CANL thick
43 GND thick
7 BOOT
44 PDS BUZZER thick
8 FWE
45
9 GND
46
10
47
11
48 ATTACH 2 SW
12
49 ATTACH 1 SW
13
50 TILT SW
14
51 LIFT 2 SW
15 KEY-OFF
52 LIFT 1 SW
16
53 PS LIFE SIGNAL
17 GSE-TxD
54 ALS SW (MC)
18 GSE-RxD
55 INSPECTION MODE
19 POS VOLTAGE
56 BATTERY SIDE WAY EXCHANGE IL
20 ACCEL ANGLE 1
57 SPEED ALARM 1+
21 ACCEL ANGLE 2
58 SPEED ALARM 1-
22
59 LINE CONTACTOR CON
23 GND thick
60 PKB 1
24 +5V thick
61 LIFT LOCK thick
25 GND thick
62 PKB 2 thick
26 +5V thick
63 CON VE thick
27
64 STEERING CONTACTOR CON thick
28 LIFT PRESSURE
29 TILT ANGLE
30 AUX SW3
31
32 SEAT BELT SW
33 SEAT SW
34 PARK BRAKE SW
35 SERVICE BRAKE SW
36 REVERSE SW
1-64
Power supply card voltage chart
CN1
No. Name Voltage Note

1 +12V 12V
2 GND 0V
3 +VL 13.0 to 16.0V DSP
4 +8V 8V DSP
5 +VG 12V DSP
6 GND 0V DSP
7 +VE-L Vbatt
8 +VE-L Vbatt
9 +VL 13.0 to 16.0V Logic
10 +5V-L 5V Logic
11 GND 0V Logic
12 GND 0V Logic
13 V POW Vbatt Input
14 V POW Vbatt Input
15 V GND 0V Input
16 V GND 0V Input
1-65
DSP card voltage chart of inverters
CN2
No. Name Stand-by voltage Active voltage Note

1 MOTOR THERMAL + 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
2 MOTOR THERMAL - 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
3 CANH 0 to 5V 0 to 5V Do not measure the voltage
between CAN and Logic
4 CANL 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
GND terminal.
5 ROTARY SENSOR +12V 12V 12V
6 ROTARY SENSOR A+ 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
7 ROTARY SENSOR B+ 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
8 MODE 1 11.5V 0V
9 MODE 2 11.5V 0V
10 BOOT 11.5V 0V
11 GND 0V 0V
12 TxD (GSE) - -
13 RxD (GSE) - -
14 CANR+ - -
15 CANR- - -
16 +VG 12V 12V
17 +VL 13.0 to 16.0V 13.0 to 16.0V
18 +8V 8V 8V
19 GND 0V 0V
20 GND 0V 0V
1-66
EPS controller voltage chart
Stand-by Active
NO NAME NOTE TYPE
voltage voltage
1 +8V (POWER IN) POWER IN 8V 8V
2 POWER OUT
3 NPN DI
4 NPN DI
5 BOOT COMMUNICATION 11.5V 0V
6 TIRE ANGLE 2 AI 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
7 STEERING ANGLE 1 AI 11.5V 0V
8 PS LIFE SIGNAL Suction DO 11.5V 0V
9 Suction DO
10 +VG (POWER IN) POWER IN 12V 12V
11 Steering wheel sensor
12 NPN DI
13 NPN DI
14 TIRE ANGLE 1 AI 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
15 STEERING ANGLE 2 AI 11.5V 0V
16 GND GND 0V 0V
17 HNDLE BRAKE COIL + Discharge DO 0 to V battery
18 +VL (POWER IN) POWER IN 13 to 16V
19 AI
20 Steering wheel sensor DI
21 CAN-H COMMUNICATION 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
22 RxD COMMUNICATION - -
23 GND GND 0V 0V
24 GND GND 0V 0V
25 GND (POWER IN) GND 0V 0V
26 +5V Contact/Non-contact POWER OUT 5V 5V
27 Steering wheel sensor POWER OUT
28 Steering wheel sensor DI
29 COMMUNICATION
30 CAN-L COMMUNICATION 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
31 TxD COMMUNICATION - -
32 GND (POWER IN) GND 0V 0V
33 HNDLE BRAKE COIL - Discharge (Current FB） DO 0V 0V
34 CON VE POWER IN V battery
1-67
Input unit card voltage chart
CN1

1 GND 0V 0V
2 +VL 13.0 to 16.0V 13.0 to 16.0V
3 -
4 RS-232 Tx 0 to 12V 0 to 12V
5 RS-232 Rx 0 to 12V 0 to 12V
6 RS-232 GND 0V 0V
7 CAN H 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
8 CAN L 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
9 CAN R+ - -
10 CAN R - -
11 BOOT MODE - -
12 -
13 -
14 GND 0V 0V
15 - 13.0 to 16.0V
16 -
17 - 13.0 to 16.0V 0V
18 PI 4 0 to 15V 0V FORWARD (ARMREST)
19 PI 5 0 to 15V 0V NEUTRAL (ARMREST)
20 PI 6 0 to 15V 0V REVERSE (ARMREST)
21 PI 7 0 to 15V 0V ALS-SW (FC)
22 -
23 +5V 5V 5V
24 GND 0V 0V
25 AI 1 2.3 to 2.7V 0.1 to 4.9V LIFT JOYSTICK 1
26 AI 2 2.3 to 2.7V 0.1 to 4.9V LIFT JOYSTICK 2
27 AI 3 2.3 to 2.7V 0.1 to 4.9V TILT JOYSTICK 1
28 AI 4 2.3 to 2.7V 0.1 to 4.9V TILT JOYSTICK 2
29 AI 5 2.3 to 2.7V 0.1 to 4.9V ATTACH 1 JOYSTICK 1
1-68
Output unit card voltage chart
CN3

1 GND 0V 0V
2 GND 0V 0V
3 VE Vbatt Vbatt
4 VE Vbatt Vbatt
5 NODE 0 - -
6 NODE 1 - -
7 GND 0V 0V
8 GND 0V 0V
9 GND 0V 0V
10 RS-232 Tx 0 to 12V 0 to 12V
11 RS-232 Rx 0 to 12V 0 to 12V
12 RS-232 GND 0V 0V
13 CAN H 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
14 CAN L 0 to 5V 0 to 5V
15 CAN R+ - -
16 CAN R- - -
17 RBOOT MODE - -
18 -
19 GND 0V 0V
20 +VL 13.0 to 16.0V 13.0 to 16.0V
21 SOL PWM 1+ 0V 0 to Vbatt LIFT VALVE A
22 SOL PWM 2+ 0V 0 to Vbatt LIFT VALVE B
23 SOL PWM 1-/2- 0V 0 to 0.5V LIFT VALVE -
24 SOL PWM 3+ 0V 0 to Vbatt TILT VALVE A
25 SOL PWM 4+ 0V 0 to Vbatt TILT VALVE B
26 SOL PWM 3-/4- 0V 0 to 0.5V TILT VALVE -
27 SOL PWM 5+ 0V 0 to Vbatt ATTACH 1 VALVE A
28 SOL PWM 6+ 0V 0 to Vbatt ATTACH 1 VALVE B
29 SOL PWM 5-/6- 0V 0 to 0.5V ATTACH 1 VALVE -
30 SOL PWM 7+ 0V 0 to Vbatt ATTACH 2 VALVE A
31 SOL PWM 8+ 0V 0 to Vbatt ATTACH 2 VALVE B
32 SOL PWM 7-/8- 0V 0 to 0.5V ATTACH 2 VALVE -
33 SOL PWM 9+ 0V 0 to Vbatt SPEED ALARM +
34 SOL PWM 10+ 0V 0 to Vbatt
35 SOL PWM 9-/10- 0V 0 to 0.5V SPEED ALARM -
36 -
1-69
8.3 Checking Contactor Coil
R CAUTION
Disconnect the battery plug and discharge the inverters before working on the electrical system.
(1) Disconnect the lead wire of coil.

(2) Set the multimeter to the 200 ohm range.
(3) Measure coil resistance.
The resistance must be between 44 ohm at -30 °C
(-22 °F) and 65 ohm at 80 °C (176 °F).
- If the measured value deviates from the above range, replace the contactor assembly.
(4) With the lead wire of contactor coil connected, set the multimeter to the 200 VDC range.
(5) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the multimeter to the negative-side coil terminal (small multimeter terminal) and the
positive (+) terminal of the multimeter to the positive-side coil terminal (large terminal).
(6) Connect the battery, and operate the control device that activates the contactor.
(7) The multimeter should indicate about 24 V after the contactor operates. When the contactor is found normal in the coil
resistance test, but measured voltage is not this value, replace the logic card.
8.4 Checking Contactor Tips
(1) Visually inspect the contactor tips for melting,

adhesion, heat seizure and pitting corrosion.
(2) To check for interference, press the tips and release
them.
(3) Visually inspect the contactor assembly. Make sure
there is no foreign material that could interfere with
contactor movement.
(4) Measure the gap at the contactor tips using a thickness
gauge.
[It must be 3 ± 0.5 mm (0.12 ± 0.02 in.)]
- If you find any trouble, replace or repair the contactor.
500962
1-70
8.5 Checking Inverter
R CAUTION
Disconnect the battery plug and discharge the inverters before working on electrical system.
(1) Disconnect all five power cables from P, N, U, V and W

terminals.
(2) Check the resistance between the terminal as shown in
the following table.
- +
500963
Positive
Negative probe Resistance (ohm)
probe
U
N V
W
1 k to ∞
U
V P
V
Note: Short- or open-circuits of the inverter MOSFET can be determined with this check. Other internal faults cannot be
determined with this check.
8.6 Regeneration Check
The AC motor uses a common circuit for current flow in both loading and regeneration. The following procedure will check the
regeneration operation.
(1) Place the clamp ammeter onto the cable connected to

the inverter's
(1) terminal (use DC current range). This is positive
direction as current flows from the battery to the Clamp ammeter
inverter. setting direction
(2) Run the truck forward. With the direction lever shifted
in F position, release the accelerator pedal. Then
perform a full-reverse operation.
(3) The clamp ammeter should show a negative value. This
value becomes the regeneration current.
500964
Energy is generated when a motor is rotated by an external force. The regeneration power is produced when this energy is
larger than the one that is consumed by the controller and motor. This means that the regeneration current is not measured if
the speed or load changes gradually.
1-71
9. AC Motor System Basics
9.1 Feature of AC motor
The AC motor model trucks covered by this manual use AC motors (three-phase induction motors) as the traction motor and
pump motor. AC motors have the following advantages over DC motors:
(1) AC motors are simple in construction. Since they do not have friction parts like brushes and commutators, daily
maintenance is significantly reduced.
(2) AC motors are compatible with high-speed operation.
(3) An AC motor of a certain size produces higher power than a DC motor of the same size.
9.2 Speed control of induction motors
Speed control of DC motors depends on regulation of the

field and armature current amounts, while that of AC motors U
basically depends on adjustment of the frequency of the
alternating current power supply. The speed of an AC motor V
Inverter IM
is determined by the frequency of the power supply AC
current and the load on the motor. W
In addition, the voltage and current to the motor must be V V

U V W
controlled properly so that the motor operates in its
optimum characteristic range. (Fig. 1) t t
The frequency and voltage can be controlled in a variety of Low-speed operation High-speed operation
methods including the "vector control method" employed (low frequency) 500965
in the AC motor model trucks. This method provides highly
(Fig. 1)
responsive control according to ever changing truck-
operating conditions through a high-speed calculation of
huge amount of data. The vector control calculation is
performed by the inverter. (Fig. 2)
Logic unit Inverter

Gate
driving MOS-FET modules
pulse
Torque
Accelerator Calculation
for required
order Vector control
F output calculation IM
N
R Truck
speed
Current
Brake Speed
500966
(Fig. 2)
1-72
9.3 Inverter
The truck battery delivers DC current, so the current must be

converted into AC current to drive an AC motor. The device
that converts direct current into alternating current is Switch
generally called an "inverter." The processes involved in
creating AC current from DC current are described below.
VB VL Load
(1) Changing DC voltage cyclically
If the switch in a circuit like a one shown in Fig. 3 is
turned on for time T1 and then turned off for time T2
T1 T2 T1 T2 T1
and this on-off operation is repeated many times, the VL = x VB
average of the voltage applied to the load is T1 + T2
determined by the ratio between T1 and T2. Varying ON OFF ON
the ratio, therefore, results in varying voltage. The ratio Average voltage VL
between T1 and T2 is called "duty ratio." By changing
the duty ratio cyclically, it is possible to obtain cyclically
changing DC voltage shown in Fig. 3.
Small duty ratio Large duty ratio
ON ON ON
OFF OFF
500967
(Fig. 3)
(2) Converting DC power into AC power

Driving a three-phase AC motor using battery delivered
power requires creating three phase outputs (U, V, W)
of an identical waveform that differ in phase by 120°
using a circuit with six switches S1 to S6 that are
arranged as shown in Fig. 4. The outputs thus created S1 S3 S5
forms a three-phase alternating current. Fig. 5 shows U
on-off condition of each switch (arm) and output V
voltage variation. W
Functioning as switches in the inverter of the AC motor S2 S4 S6
trucks are MOS-FET transistors. The MOS-FET transistors
can switch at very high speeds, thus creating smooth
waveforms of alternating current.
500968
(Fig. 4)
S1 ON
Switching for U phase

S3 ON
S2 ON
Switching for V phase
S5 ON S4 ON
Switching for W phase
S6 ON
500969
(Fig. 5)
1-73
CHAPTER 2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS
Chapter 2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS
1. General Information
1.1 Before replacing devices
Do not replace devices casually even if replacement is required as a result of troubleshooting. Be sure to check the following
items before replacing devices (logic unit, logic card, power supply card, inverters, inverter DSP cards, EPS, input unit and
output unit).
- Loose battery connectors
- Abnormal wire harness connections
- Loose connectors
- Broken, bent or loose connector pins
- Dirty connectors
If connectors are dirty, remove the connector and clean connectors.
See "How to clean harness connectors and system components" on page 2-2.
- Ensure that the main harness is not short-circuited to the truck body by using the following procedures.
(1) Disconnect battery plug and discharge the inverters and EPS before
working on electrical system
(2) Disconnect connector E-01 of logic unit. Check continuity between

E-01-15(106) and truck body (logic unit installation bolts, etc.)
No continuity Continuity
(3) Normal (4) Repair or replace harness
502882
If any of these items (above items) is a source of the trouble, the device will be damaged even if it is replaced with a new one.
Be sure to check the above items and replace carefully.
1.2 Connection of the service tool
(1) Turn off the truck power.

(2) Remove cup holder.
(3) Find the connector E-09 to the service tool.
(4) Remove the cover and connect the PC as shown.
(5) Turn on the truck power. 1
(6) Start the service tool software. 2
502883
1. Error code display 2. Cup holder
2-1
1.3 How to clean harness connectors and system components
(1) Open-circuits are often caused by dirty harness

connectors and components. Dust together with
greasy matter forms grime which, in time, penetrates
electrical connections, resulting in loose metal-to-metal
contact or, in the worst case, electrical separation of
surfaces in contact. For this reason, it is essential that
the connectors and components be cleaned at each
periodic inspection and at when servicing the truck. 1
Instead of a commonly used solvent, use electronic
parts cleaner (in the manner illustrated on the right).
502884
1. Electronic parts cleaner
Electronic parts cleaner

Three Bond 29B
Note: The cleaner liquid is volatile (evaporates by itself).

All that is required is to throughly wash off the grime with the spray.
No need to wipe off the sprayed liquid.
(2) After checking the connector for continuity, wash it as

shown. Then, uncouple the connector and spray
contact surface activator onto contact surfaces. Install 1
and remove the connector several times to wet the
surfaces thoroughly with the activator liquid. After
coupling up the connector, check to be sure that it is in
locked state.
1) 502885
1) Contact surface activator 1. Electronic parts cleaner
Contact surface activator

Three Bond 2501S (aerosol)
Note: Do not spray too much liquid into the connector.

Cleaner liquid reacts differently with some resins (plastic materials).
2-2
2. List of Error Codes
Error Error name Error Error name

code code
E0 Traction Motor R.H.,Overheating H2 Tilt Lever, Faulty Setting
E1 Traction Motor L.H.,Overheating H3 Attach1 Lever, Faulty Setting
E2 Pump Motor,Overheating H4 Attach2 Lever, Faulty Setting
E5 Traction Inverter R.H., Overheating (L) Seat Switch, Faulty Setting For Hydraulic
E6 Traction Inverter L.H., Overheating EE FNR Lever Fault
E7 Pump Inverter, Overheating 60 Display Communication Fault
E9 PS Controller, Overheating 61 Logic Card Initialize Failure
14 Traction Moter Current Sensor R.H., Fault 62 Logics Faul
15 Traction Motor R.H., Over-current 63 Traction Inverter R.H., Fault
16 Traction Moter R.H., Stall Timer 64 Traction Inverter L.H., Fault
24 Traction Moter Current Sensor L.H., Fault 65 Pump Inverter Fault
25 Traction Motor L.H., Over-current 67 Input Unit Fault
26 Traction Moter L.H., Stall Timer 68 Output Unit Fault
34 Pump Motor Current Sensor Fault 71 EPS Controller Fault
35 Pump Motor Over-current 72 Contactor Coil Fault
40 Line Contactor Fault 74 Hydraulic Lock Solenoid Fault
41 Steering Contactor Fault 75 Parking Brake Fault
45 Traction Motor R.H., Open 76 PDS Buzzer Fault
46 Traction Motor L.H., Open 78 Battery Voltage Too Low
47 Pump Motor Open 79 Battery Voltage Too High
49 PS Motor Open (Lo) Battery Consumption Too Much
50 Tire Angle Sensor Fault 80 Tilt Angle Sensor Fault
51 Accelerator Sensor Fault 81 Load Sensor Fault
52 Traction Motor R.H., Pulse Input Fault 82 Handle Sensor Fault
53 Traction Motor L.H., Pulse Input Fault A4 PS Motor Current Sensor Fault
54 FC Lever Fault A5 PS Motor Over-current
55 Output Unit Solenoid Fault A7 PS Handle Brake Fault
56 Output Unit Solenoid Current Leak A8 Battery Side Way Exchange Interlock
E FNR Lever or Accelerator, Faulty Setting None Battery Consumption Much
(E) Seat Switch, Faulty Setting For Traction None Brake Oil, Low Level
H1 Lift Lever, Faulty Setting None RTC Battery Low
2-3
3. Troubleshooting
3.1 Traction Motor R.H.,Overheating (E0)
Error code: E0
Controller/motor overheat indicator ON. Poor pulling power and acceleration. Normal pump motor and power
Situation
steering operations. Service tool "Alarm status" and "E0" displayed.
Overheating of right side traction motor, faulty right side traction motor or thermal sensor, faulty or open
Possible
harness wiring, faulty right traction inverter DSP card, abnormal power supply of logic unit, brake or parking
cause
brake drag, abnormality in front axle, faulty display unit.
Trigger of
Motor temperature is out of range of -25 °C to 145 °C (-13 °F to 293 °F).
the error
Recovers when motor temperature is in range of -20 to 70 °C (-4 to 158 °F).
code
Checks
(1) Let truck cool for 15 minutes

Overheat indicator ON Overheat indicator OFF
(2) Traction motor becomes normal
If problem reoccurs
(3) Disconnect battery plug
Disengage brake and parking brake, and check their
drag
No drag Drag
(4) Adjust brake
(5) Lift front wheels, and disengage parking brake

Turn key switch to OFF, rotate front wheels
Confirm there is no difference in rotation load between
right and left wheels
No difference Difference
(6) Check if truck is operated on steep

upgrade or to pull large cargo load
Normal
(7) Perform inverter discharging work
(8) Replace right traction (9) Replace right traction

motor motor or front axle
502803
2-4
With service tool
(10) Confirm temperature of right traction motor with

input/output monitor
Less than -20 °C(-4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C
or more than 70 °C(158 °F) (-4 °F to 158 °F)
Without service tool
(11) Disconnect battery plug (12) Normal

Wait until right traction motor temperature becomes
close to room temperature
(14) Disconnect connector E-14 of right traction motor

speed and thermal sensor. Measure resistance
between E-14-2 and E-14-1 at motor side
2.2kΩ at 70° C(158° F) to
82kΩ at -20 °C (-4° F) Out of range
Thermal
(15) Disconnect connector E-07 of right traction inverter (16) Replace right traction motor
Replace right traction motor
Check continuity between E-07-1 and E-14-1(1)
‫ ޓޓ‬Continuity ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ No continuity
Power supply
(17) Check continuity between E-01-3 and E-07-17(10)
Continuity‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬No continuity
CAN
(18) Disconnect connector E-02 of logic unit

‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬No continuity
Continuity
(19) Connect connector E-01, then turn on power again (20) Repair or replace harness
(21) Measure voltage between E-07-18(11) and

E-07-20(12)
Confirm value is 8 ± 2V
‫ޓޓ‬Normal Abnormal
(23) Ensure all connectors are connected (24) Replace power supply card of logic unit
Then turn on power again
"E0"‫ޓޓޓޓ‬ ‫ޓޓ‬Not "E0"
(25) Disconnect battery plug, then perform Inverter

discharging work
(26) Replace DSP card of (27) Connect connector

right traction inverter securely
502804
2-5
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
E-07 Traction inverter (right)
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
R/B 8V N Battery (-)
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19
E-17 Traction motor (right)

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-6
3.2 Traction Motor L.H.,Overheating (E1)
Error code: E1
Situation
Overheating of left traction motor, faulty left traction motor or thermal sensor, faulty or open harness wiring,
Possible
faulty left traction inverter DSP card, abnormal power supply of logic unit, brake or parking brake drag,
cause
abnormality in front axle, faulty display unit
Trigger of
the error
code
Checks

(2) on motor becomes normal

If problem reoccurs
Disengage brake and parking brake, and check their
drag
No drag Drag
(4) Adjust brake
(5) Lift front wheels, and disengage parking brake

Turn key switch to OFF, rotate front wheels
Confirm there is no difference in rotation load
between right and left wheels
No difference Difference
(6) Check if truck is operated on steep

upgrade or to pull large cargo load
Normal
(8) Replace left traction (9) Replace left traction

motor motor or front axle
With service tool
(10) Confirm temperature of left traction motor with

Less than -20 °C(-4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C
(11) Disconnect battery plug. Wait until left traction motor (12) Normal
temperature becomes close to room temperature
502805
2-7
(14) Disconnect connector E-15 of left traction motor

speed and thermal sensor
Measure resistance between E-15-2 and E-15-1 at
motor side
2.2kΩ at 70°C (158°F) to
82kΩ at -20°C (-4°F) Out of range
Thermal
(15) Disconnect connector E-06 of left traction inverter (16) Replace left traction motor
Continuity No continuity
Power supply
CAN

E-06-20(12)
Confirm value is 8V±2V
Normal Abnormal
The latest data is "E1" Not "E1"

discharging work

left traction inverter securely
502806
2-8
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
E-06 Traction inverter (left)
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
R/L 8V N Battery (-)
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-18 Traction motor (left)

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-9
3.3 Pump Motor,Overheating(E2)
Error code: E2
Controller/motor overheat indicator ON. Lifting speed slower than normal. Normal traction motorand power
Situation
Overheating of pump motor, faulty pump motor or thermal sensor, faulty or open harness wiring, faulty pump
Possible
motor inverter DSP card, abnormal power supply of logic unit, abnormal oil pressure of gear pump or hydraulic
cause
lines, faulty display unit.
Trigger of
the error
code
Checks

(2) Pump motor becomes normal
If problem reoccurs
(3) Check if truck is operated to lift large cargo load
Normal
(5) Check oil pressure of gear pump and hydraulic lines

Normal Abnormal
(6) Replace pump motor (7) Repair or replace

gear pump or piping
With service tool
(8) Confirm temperature of pump motor with

Less than -20 °C(-4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C

Wait until pump motor temperature becomes close to
room temperature
(12) Disconnect connector E-16 of pump motor

speed and thermal sensor. Measure resistance
between E-16-2 and E-16-1
2.2kΩ at 70°C (158°F) to
82kΩ at -20°C (-4°F) Out of range
(13) Replace pump motor
502807
2-10
Thermal
(14) Disconnect connector E-05 of pump motor inverter

Power supply
CAN
Check continuity between E-05-14 and E-05-15
(17) Repair or replace harness

E-05-20(12)
Confirm value is 8 ± 2 V
Normal Abnormal
(20) Ensure all connectors are connected. (21) Replace power supply card of logic unit
"E2" Not "E2"

Discharging work

pump motor inverter securely
502808
2-11
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics
E-02 E-05 Pump inverter
CAN 5 W 3 3 Inside Inside

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-12
3.4 Traction Inverter R.H., Overheating (E5)
Error code: E5
Situation
Overheating of right traction inverter, faulty right traction inverter thermal sensor, open harness wiring, faulty
Possible
right traction inverter PC board, abnormal power supply of logic unit, faulty radiation of right traction inverter,
cause
faulty display unit.
Trigger of
Controller temperature is out of range of -25 °C to 100 °C (-13 °F to 212 °F). Capacitor temperature is out of
the error
range of -25 °C to 110 °C (-13 °F to 230 °F). Recovers when temperature is in range of -20 to 70 °C (-4 to 158 °F).
code
Checks

(2) Right traction inverter becomes normal

If problem reoccurs
(3) Check if truck is operated on steep upgrade or to pull
large cargo load
Normal
Check thermal paste applied on inverter mounting
Surface
Thermal paste film should be thin and even
Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace right traction (6) Clean mounting

inverter surface,
apply thermal paste,
With service tool then reinstall inverter
(7) Confirm temperature of controller and head capacitor

Without service tool with input monitor
Less than -20 °C(-4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C
(8) Disconnect battery plug. Wait until inverter (9) Normal

502809
2-13
Thermal
(11) Remove right traction inverter DSP card cover, then
check flat cable looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(12) Disconnect connector E-07 of right traction inverter (13) Secure harness if loose
Check continuity between E-01-3 and E-07-17(10) Replace inverter if wire breaks
CAN

E-07-20(12)
Normal Abnormal
Then turn on power again‫ޓ‬
"E5" Not "E5"

discharging work

right traction inverter securely
If fault remains
(24) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter
discharging work
(25) Replace right traction inverter

(DSP card is normal)
502810
2-14
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-15
3.5 Traction Inverter L.H., Overheating (E6)
Error code: E6
Situation
Overheating of left side traction inverter, faulty left side traction inverter thermal sensor, open harness wiring,
Possible
faulty left traction inverter PC board, abnormal power supply of logic unit, faulty radiation of left side traction
cause
inverter, faulty display unit.
Trigger of
the error
code
Checks

(2) Left traction inverter becomes normal

If problem reoccurs
large cargo load
Normal
surface
Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace left traction (6) Clean mounting

inverter surface, apply thermal
paste, then reinstall
With service tool inverter
(7) Confirm temperature of controller and head

capacitor with input monitor
Less than -20 °C(-4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C
Without service tool or more than 70 °C(158 °F) (-4 °F to 158 °F)
(8) Disconnect battery plug. Wait until inverter (9) Normal

502811
2-16
Thermal
(11) Remove left traction inverter DSP card cover, then

check flat cable looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(12) Disconnect connector E-06 of left traction inverter (13) Secure harness if loose
CAN

E-06-20(12)
Normal Abnormal
"E6" Not "E6"

discharging work

left traction inverter securely
If fault remains
discharging work
(25) Replace left traction inverter (DSP card is normal)
502812
2-17
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-18
3.6 Pump Inverter, Overheating (E7)
Error code: E7
Controller/motor overheat indicator ON. Lifting speed slower than normal. Normal traction motor and power
Situation
Possible Overheating of pump inverter, faulty pump inverter thermal sensor, open harness wiring, faulty pump inverter
cause PC board, abnormal power supply of logic unit, faulty radiation of pump inverter, faulty display unit.
Trigger of
the error
code
Checks

(2) Pump inverter becomes normal

If problem reoccurs
(3) Check if truck is operated to lift large cargo load
Normal
Surface
Thermal paste film should be thin and even.
Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace pump (6) Clean mounting

inverter surface,
then
With service tool reinstall inverter
(7) Confirm temperature of controller and head

capacitor with input monitor
Less than -20 °C(- 4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C

Wait until invertertemperature becomes close to room
temperature
502813
2-19
Thermal
(11) Remove pump inverter DSP card cover, then check
flat cable looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(12) Disconnect connector E-05 of pump inverter (13) Secure harness if loose
CAN

E-05-20(12)
Normal Abnormal
"E7" Not "E7"

discharging work

pump inverter securely
If fault remains
discharging work
(25) Replace pump inverter (DSP card is normal)
502814
2-20
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-21
3.7 PS Controller,Overheating (E9)
Error code: E9
Controller/motor overheat indicator ON. Poor pulling power and acceleration. Normal pump motor. Service
Situation
tool "Alarm status" and "E9" displayed.
Possible Overheating of PS controller, faulty PS controller thermal sensor, open harness wiring, faulty PC board,
cause abnormal power supply of logic unit, faulty radiation of left traction inverter, faulty display unit.
Trigger of
the error
code
Checks
(1) Let truck cool for 15 minutes and turn the key off and on
(2) Left traction inverter becomes normal

If problem reoccurs
large cargo load
Normal
Surface
Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace EPS controller (6) Clean mounting

surface,
then reinstall EPS
controller
With service tool
(7) Confirm temperature of controller and head capacitor

with input monitor
Less than -20 °C(- 4 °F) -20 °C to 70 °C
or more than 70 °C(158 °F) (- 4 °F to 158 °F)

Wait until EPS controller temperature becomes close to
room temperature
502815
2-22
Thermal
(11) Check harness looseness or wire breakage

Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(12) Disconnect connector E-08 of left EPS controller (13) Secure harness if loose
Check continuity between E-01-3(10) and E-08-18(10) Replace inverter if wire breaks
Check continuity between E-01-6(12) and E-08-25(12)
CAN

E-08-25(12)
Normal Abnormal
"E9" Not "E9"

discharging work
(22) Replace EPS Controller (23) Connect connector

securely
502816
2-23
E-08
E-02
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
Logics
E-02
E-08 EPS controller
CAN 5 W 3
Inside
6 L 4 21 Inside
of of
30 cover case
R/L 12V
5 9 10 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18
10
8V N Battery (-)
4 11 1 DSP IMS
B GND 25 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 32 Controller
thermistor
Power card Flat
cable W IWR
E-01
Capacitor
E-01 thermistor
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 - PS motor
W TWR 2
M U TUR 1
E-27
1 2
E-27
501138
2-24
3.8 Traction Motor Current Sensor R.H., Fault (14)
Error code: 14
Display: "14". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor HOLD and ST contactor HOLD.
Situation Traction motor and pump motor operation inhibited. If this fault occurs before ST contactor CLOSE, all
operations inhibited except mast lowering operation.
Faulty traction inverter. (U, V current sensor in traction inverter)
Possible
Faulty DSP card of traction inverter.
cause
Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in traction inverter.
Trigger of
the error When turning on power, current sensor value is out of -120 A to 120 A .
code
Checks
(1) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter discharging work
(2) Follow the inverter testing procedure

Normal Abnormal
(3) Remove DSP cover of traction inverter (4) Replace traction inverter
Check DSP Flat cable for looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace DSP card of traction inverter (6) Secure DSP flat cable if loose
All power cables connect and turning on power Replace traction inverter if wire breaks
If fault (14) remains
(8) Replace the DSP card with the original card again, then
replace the traction inverter
Please keep the DSP card which is used for inspection
at step (5) because the card is normal
502817
2-25
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-26
3.9 Traction Motor R.H., Over-current (15)
Error code: 15
Situation Traction motor and pump motor operation inhibited.If this fault occurs before ST contactor CLOSE, all
Faulty traction motor. (Contain the bearing sensor)
Faulty contact or wire breakage of traction motor speed sensor harness.
Possible Faulty traction inverter.
cause Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in traction inverter.
Faulty main harness.
Trigger of
the error Motor current is more than 1105 A (Moment) or 893 A (1 mS) or 829 A (1.6 mS).
code
Checks
(2) Check traction motor body and terminal for burning and small
Normal Abnormal
(4) Replace traction motor

(3) Check motor terminal (U V W phases) for shorting to
the motor body and truck frame
Not shorting shorting
(5) Remove the all cables of motor and traction inverter

terminals (P N U V W )
Check motor terminals for shorting to the motor body
Check the cables for shorting to the frame
(6) Replace traction (7) Replace traction

inverter motor or cables
(8) Confirm cable looseness and improper connections

(U V W phases) for traction inverter and motor
Normal Abnormal
(9) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter discharge (10) Secure cable if loose or connect cable correctly
work
Confirm connection of traction motor speed sensor
connector
Normal Abnormal
(11) Connect connector securely
502818
2-27
(12) Disconnect connectors E-07 and CN1

Check continuity between E-07-5 and E-17-1 (6)
(13) Connect all connectors, battery plug and turning on (14) Repair or replace harness
power
Raise wheels off floor
(13) Connect all connectors, battery plug and turning on

power
(15) Driving and check the jerky and change directions at

very low speed
Normal Abnormal
With service tool
(16) Driving and reading ̈Motor speed feedback ̉of
output monitor
Check the value of speed is smooth and not erratic
feedback
Smooth Rough or erratic
(17) Follow the traction inverter testing procedure (18) Replace traction motor
Normal Abnormal
(19) Remove DSP cover of traction inverter and check DSP (20) Replace traction inverter
flat cable for looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
(24) Replace the DSP card with the original card again,
then replace the traction inverter
(26) Replace the traction inverter ASSY with the original

inverter ASSY again , then replace the traction motor
Please keep the inverter ASSY which is used for
inspection at step (24) because the ASSY is normal
502819
2-28
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-29
3.10 Traction Motor R.H., Stall Timer (16)
Error code: 16
Display: “16”. Traction motor and pump motor operation inhibited. LINE contactor HOLD and ST contactor
Situation
HOLD
Possible Stall current flowed more than 7s right traction motor, faulty right traction inverter current sensor, shorted
cause harness wiring, faulty right traction inverter DSP card, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
the error 7s is measured while stalling.
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, then turn on power again

Confirm error code display
No error, problem reoccurs ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Error code “14”
(2) Check to see if truck is operated with heavy cargo (3) See troubleshooting for code "14"
load or on steps when motor stalls
Normal steeps Heavy load
(4) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (5) Operate under normal condition
discharging work
(6) Disconnect connector E-07 of right traction inverter

and remove DSP cover, then check DSP flat cable for
looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(7) Disconnect connector E-01 of logic unit (8) Secure harness if loose. Replace right traction
Check continuity between E-01-5 and E-07-16(9) inverter if wire breaks
CAN
Continuity Abnormal and no continuity
(10) Connect connector E-01 to logic unit, then turn on (11) Repair or replace harness
power again

E-07-20(12) Confirm value is 12 ± 1 V
Normal Abnormal
(14) Replace DSP card of right traction inverter (15) Replace power supply card of logic unit
502820
2-30
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-31
3.11 Traction Motor Current Sensor L.H., Fault (24)
Error code: 24
Faulty traction inverter. (U, V current sensor in traction inverter)
Possible
cause
Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in traction inverter.
Trigger of
code
Checks

Normal Abnormal
(3) Remove DSP cover of traction inverter (4) Replace traction inverter
Normal Abnormal
replace the traction inverter
502821
2-32
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-33
3.12 Traction Motor L.H., Over-current (25)
Error code: 25
Faulty traction moter. (Contain the bearing sensor)
Faulty contact or wire breakage of traction motor speed sensor harness.
Possible Faulty traction inverter.
cause Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in traction inverter.
Trigger of
code
Checks
(2) Check traction motor body and terminal for burning and small
Normal Abnormal
(3) Check motor terminal (U V W phases) for shorting to (4) Replace traction motor
(5) Remove the all cables of motor and traction inverter

terminals (P N U V W )
Check motor terminals for shorting to the motor body
(6) Replace traction (7) Replace traction

inverter motor or cables
(8) Confirm cable looseness and improper connections

(U V W phases) for traction inverter and motor
Normal Abnormal
(9) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter discharge (10) Secure cable if loose or connect cable correctly
work
Confirm connection of traction motor speed sensor
connector
Normal Abnormal
(11) Connect connector securely
(12) Disconnect connectors E-06 and E-18

502822
2-34
(13) Connect all connectors, battery plug and turning on

power
(15) Driving and check the jerky and change directions at

very low speed
Normal Abnormal
With service tool
(16) Driving and reading ̈Motor speed feedback̉ of
output monitor
Check the value of speed is smooth and not erratic
feedback
Smooth Rough or erratic
(17) Follow the traction inverter testing procedure (18) Replace traction motor
Normal Abnormal
(19) Remove DSP cover of traction inverter and check DSP (20) Replace traction inverter
Normal Abnormal
‫ޓޓ‬All power cables connect and turning on power Replace traction inverter if wire breaks
(24) Replace the DSP card with the original card again,
then replace the traction inverter
(26) Replace the traction inverter ASSY with the original

inverter ASSY again, then replace the traction motor
502823
2-35
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-36
3.13 Traction Motor L.H., Stall Timer (26)
Error code: 26
Display: “26”. Traction motor and pump motor operation inhibited. Line contactor HOLD and ST contactor
Situation
HOLD
Possible Stall current flowed more than 7s right traction motor, faulty right traction inverter current sensor, shorted
cause harness wiring, faulty right traction inverter DSP card, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
the error 7s is measured while stalling.
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, then turn on power again

Confirm error code display
No error, problem reoccurs Error code "24"
(2) Check to see if truck is operated with heavy cargo (3) See troubleshooting for code "24"
load or on steps when motor stalls
Normal steeps Heavy load
(4) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (5) Operate under normal condition
discharging work
(6) Disconnect connector E-06 of left traction inverter

and remove DSP cover, then check DSP flat cable for
looseness or wire breakage
Normal Abnormal
Power supply
(7) Disconnect connector E-01 of logic unit (8) Secure harness if loose
Check continuity between E-01-5 and E-06-16(9) Replace lefttraction inverter if wire breaks
CAN
Continuity Abnormal and no continuity
power again

E-06-20(12)
Normal Abnormal
(14) Replace DSP card of left traction inverter (15) Replace power supply card of logic unit
502824
2-37
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-38
3.14 Pump Motor Current Sensor Fault (34)
Error code: 34
Faulty pump inverter. (U, V current sensor in pump inverter)
Possible
Faulty DSP card of pump inverter.
cause
Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in pump inverter.
Trigger of
code
Checks

Normal Abnormal
(3) Remove DSP cover of pump inverter (4) Replace pump inverter
Normal ‫ޓޓ‬ Abnormal
(5) Replace DSP card of pump inverter (6) Secure DSP flat cable if loose
All power cables connect and turning on power Replace pump inverter if wire breaks
replace the pump inverter
502825
2-39
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-40
3.15 Pump Motor Over-current (35)
Error code: 35
Faulty pump motor. (Contain the bearing sensor)
Faulty pump inverter.
Possible
Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in pump inverter.
cause
Faulty DSP card of pump inverter.
Trigger of
code
Checks
(2) Check pump motor body and terminal for burning and small
Normal Abnormal
(3) Check motor terminal (U V W phases) for shorting to (4) Replace pump motor
.
‫ ޓޓ‬Not shorting shorting
(5) Confirm cable looseness and improper connections (6) Remove the all cables of motor and pump inverter
(U V W phases) for pump inverter and motor terminals (P N U V W )
Normal Abnormal Check motor terminals for shorting to the motor body
(7) Secure cable if loose or (8) Replace pump inverter (9) Replace pump motor or
connect cable correctly cables
(10) Follow the pump inverter testing procedure

Normal Abnormal
(11) Remove DSP cover of pump inverter and check DSP (12) Replace pump inverter
Normal Abnormal
(13) Replace DSP card of pump inverter (14) Secure DSP flat cable if loose
All power cables connect and turning on power Replace pump inverter if wire breaks
(16) Replace the DSP card with the original card again ,
then replace the pump inverter
(18) Replace the pump inverter ASSY with the original

inverter ASSY again, then replace the pump motor
502826
2-41
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-42
3.16 Line Contactor Fault (40)
Error code: 40
Break of line fuse.
Faulty line contactor.
Possible Faulty right, left traction inverter or pump inverter.
cause Faulty DSP card in right, left traction inverter.
Faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
the error Inverter voltage data is checked when contactor is closed (400 ms).
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, turn on power again. Confirm error code display.
Error code " 40 " ( Not Error " 41" ) Error code "41"
(2) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter discharging (3) See trouble shooting code "41"
work
Check continuity of the line fuse for inverters
Check continuity of the control line fuse for contactor coil
(4) Block wheels, and remove the traction fuse , pump fuse (5) Replace the failed fuse
and steering fuse
Then confirm line contactor operation in self - diagnosis
step [14 ]
Not operated Operated
(6) Disconnect battery plug , then perform inverter discharging (7) Go to step (14)
work
(8) Check to see if line contactor tip moves smoothly

Check line contactor tip for melting
Normal Abnormal
(9) Measure resistance of contactor coil.

[44Ω at -30 °C(-22 °F) to 65Ω at 80 °C(176 °F)]
Within range Out of range
(10) Disconnect connectors E-04 (11) Replace line contactor

Check continuity betweenE-04-63 and line
contactor coil plus (+)
Check continuity betweenE-04-59 and line
contactor coil plus (-)
(12) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace logic (13) Repair or replacemain Harness
card of logic unit
502827
2-43
(15) Remove DSP cover of all inverters and check DSP flat cable for looseness or wire breakage
Normal‫ޓ‬ Abnormal
(16) Secure DSP flat cable if loose

Replace inverter if wire breaks
(17) Install the line fuse, connect battery plug and tern on
(18) Measure voltage between P and N of traction(right and left) and pump inverters (1 minute max )
Traction inverter Traction inverter Pump inverter

Normal abnormal ( RH) abnormal (LH) abnormal
(19) Replace power cable
(20) Check DC voltage of pump and traction inverters with monitor

These values should be same as battery voltage
Traction inverter value abnormal(RH) Traction inverter value abnormal(LH) Pump inverter value abnormal
(22) Replace DSP card of traction (23) Replace DSP card of traction (24) Replace DSP card of pump
inverter (RH) inverter (LH) inverter
Install all fuses and turning on Install all fuses and turning on Install all fuses and turning on
power power power
If fault (40) remains If fault (40) remains If fault (40) remains
(26) Replace the DSP card with the (27) Replace the DSP card with the (28) Replace the DSP card with the
original card again original card again original card again
Then replace the traction inverter Then replace the traction inverter Then replace the pump inverter
(RH) (LH) Please keep the DSP card which
Please keep the DSP card which Please keep the DSP card which is used for inspection
is used for inspection is used for inspection Because the card is normal
Because the card is normal Because the card is normal
502828
2-44
E-07
19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
E-06
19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2 20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics
E-07
E-02
W 3 3
5 Traction inverter
CAN L (right)
6 4 4 P
E-06
3 3 Traction inverter
4 4 (left) P
E-05
3 3
Logics Pump inverter
EMG P
KEY 4 4
E-04 Control
line fuse
+
63
Line
contactor
59 -
Line fuse
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501142
2-45
3.17 Steering Contactor Fault (41)
Error code: 41
Situation Display: "41". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and steering contactor OPEN.
Possible
Faulty steering contactor, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
the error Inverter voltage data is checked when contactor is closed (400 mS).
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, then turn on power again. Confirm error code display

Check continuity of the steering .fuse
Check continuity of the control line fuse for contactor coil
(3) Block wheels and remove the traction fuse, pump fuse, (4) Replace steering fuse
steering fuse
Then confirm pump contactor
operation in self-diagnostics step [15]
Not operated Operated
(6) Check to see if steering contactor tip moves smoothly (7) Go to step (13)
Check steering contactor tip for melting
‫ޓޓޓ‬
Normal Abnormal
(8) Measure resistance of contactor coil

[61Ω at -30 °C(-22 °F) to 91Ω at 80 °C(176 °F)]
Within range Out of range
(9) Disconnect connectors E-04 (10) Replace steering contactor

Check continuity between E-04-63 and Steering
contactor coil plus(+)
Check continuity between E-04-64 and steering
contactor coil minus(-)
(11) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace (12) Repair or replace main harness
logic card of logic unit
(13) Install the steering fuse, connect battery plug and tern on
(14) Measure voltage between P and N of EPS controller (1 minute may)

Normal Abnormal
(15) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (16) Replace power cable
discharging work
(17) Replace EPS controller

502829
2-46
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics
E-02 E-05
W
5 3 3
CAN Pump inverter
L P
6 4 4
Logics EMG
KEY
E-04
FUSE
LINE CON
+
63
Steering
contactor
64 -
Steering
fuse
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501143
2-47
3.18 Traction Motor R.H., Open (45)
Error code: 45
Display: "45". Traction motor operation inhibited. Pump motor and power steering operations inhibited if this
Situation fault occurs before pump contactor CLOSE, and both operable if it occurs after pump contactor CLOSE. Line
contactor OPEN and pump contactor CLOSE or OPEN.
Faulty contact or wire breakage of right side traction motor cable, faulty right side traction motor, faulty
Possible contact or wire breakage of right side traction inverter connector, faulty contact of DSP flat cable in right side
cause traction inverter, wire breakage of main harness, faulty power supply card of logic unit, faulty DSP card of right
side traction inverter, faulty right side traction inverter, when restarting after motor shorted.
Trigger of
Motor voltage is abnormal when power is turned on. Current does not flow when torque instruction is
the error
requested.
code
Checks
(2) Check right traction inverter and motor for cable

looseness and improper contact
Normal ‫ޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal
(3) Disconnect right traction motor cables from inverter (4) Secure cable if loose
Measure resistance of motor cables (U, V and W
phases)
Less than 1 Ω 1 Ω or more
(5) Check connector E-07 of right traction inverter for (6) Measure resistance between terminals of both cable
looseness ends (between U and U, V and V, and W and W)
Normal ‫ޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal Less than 1 Ω 1 Ω or more
(7) Disconnect connector E-07 of right (8) Connect connector securely

traction inverter and remove DSP
cover. Check DSP flat cable for
looseness or wire breakage (9) Replace right traction motor (10) Replace motor cables
Normal Abnormal
Gate power
supply
(11) Disconnect connector E-01 of logic unit (12) Secure DSP flat cable if loose
CAN
(14) Connect connector E-01 to logic unit , then turn on (15) Repair or replace harness
power again
(16) Measure voltage between E-07-16(9) and E-07-20(12)

If fault remains
(20) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace right
traction inverter (DSP card is normal)
502830
2-48
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-49
3.19 Traction Motor L.H., Open (46)
Error code: 46
Faulty contact or wire breakage of left side traction motor cable, faulty left side traction motor, faulty contact or
Possible wire breakage of left side traction inverter connector, faulty contact of DSP flat cable in left side traction
cause inverter, wire breakage of main harness, faulty power supply card of logic unit, faulty DSP card of left side
traction inverter, faulty left side traction inverter, when restarting after motor shorted
Trigger of
the error
requested.
code
Checks
(2) Check left traction inverter and motor for cable

(3) Disconnect left traction motor cables from inverter (4) Secure cable if loose
Measure resistance of motor cables
(U, V and W phases)
(5) Check connector E-06 of left traction inverter for (6) Measure resistance between terminals of both cable
looseness ends (between U and U, V and V, and W and W)
Normal ‫ޓޓ‬ Abnormal Less than 1 Ω 1 Ω or more
(7) Disconnect connector E-06 of left traction (8) Connect connector securely
inverter and remove DSP cover
Check DSP flat cable for looseness or wire
breakage (9) Replace left traction motor (10) Replace motor cables
Normal Abnormal
Gate power supply
CAN
power again

If fault remains
(20) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace left
traction inverter (DSP card is normal) 502831
2-50
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-51
3.20 Pump Motor Open (47)
Error code: 47
Situation Display: "47". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and pump contactor OPEN.
Faulty contact or wire breakage of pump motor cable, faulty pump motor, faulty contact or wire breakage of
Possible pump inverter connector, faulty contact of DSP flat cable in pump inverter, wire breakage of main harness,
cause faulty power supply card of logic unit, faulty DSP card of pump inverter, faulty pump inverter, when restarting
after motor shorted.
Trigger of
Motor voltage is abnormal when power is turned on. Current does not flow when rotational speed instruction
the error
is requested.
code
Checks
(2) Check pump inverter and motor for cable looseness

and improper contact
(3) Disconnect pump motor cables from inverter (4) Secure cable if loose
Measure resistance of motor cables
(U, V and W phases)
(5) Check connector E-05 of pump inverter forlooseness (6) Measure resistance between terminals of both cable
Normal Abnormal ends (between U and U, V and V, and W and W)
(7) Disconnect connector E-05 of
Pump inverter and remove DSP (8) Replace motor cables
Cover
Check DSP flat cable for Looseness
or wire breakage
Normal
‫ޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal (9) Replace pump motor (10) Replace motor cables
Gate power supply
CAN
power again

Normal ‫ޓ‬ Abnormal
(18) Replace DSP card of pump inverter (19) Replace power supply card of logic unit
If fault remains
(20) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace
pump inverter (DSP card is normal)
502832
2-52
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-53
3.21 PS Motor Open (49)
Error code: 49
Situation Display: "49". All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation. Line steering contactor OPEN.
Faulty contact or wire breakage of ST motor cable, faulty ST motor, faulty contact or wire breakage of left PS
Possible
controller connector, wire breakage of main harness, faulty power supply card of logic unit, when restarting
cause
after motor shorted
Trigger of
the error
requested.
code
Checks
(2) Check EPS controller and motor for cable

Normal Abnormal
(3) Disconnect steering motor cables from EPS controller (4) Secure cable if loose
Measure resistance of motor cables (U and W phases)
(5) Check connector E-08 of EPS controller for looseness (6) Measure resistance between terminals of both cable
Normal Abnormal ends (between U and U , and W and W)
Less than 1 Ω ‫ޓޓ‬ 1 Ω or more
(7) Disconnect connector E-08 of EPS (8) Connect connector securely

controller and remove DSP cover
Check DSP flat cable for looseness or
wire breakage (9) Replace left traction motor (10) Replace motor cables
Normal Abnormal
Gate power
supply
Check continuity between E-01-5 and E-08-10(9) Replace EPS controller if wire breaks
CAN
power again

Normal Abnormal
(17) Disconnect battery plug, then perform EPS controller discharging work
(18) Replace EPS controller (19) Replace power supply card of logic unit
502833
2-54
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-04
E-08
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
E-01 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-04
Life L/R
Signal 53 28
E-08 EPS Controller

W 8
CAN 5 3
6 L 4 21
E-02
30
12V
5 L/R 9 10 VG P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18 VL
10
8V DSP N Battery (-)
4 11 1 8V IMS
E-01 B GND
6 12 25 GND U
GND
11 32 GND
R/W V
Fuse 34 LOW
R/Y VE
1 27 W
3 W 24 7 STEERING ANGL 1
G/L 25
4 15 STEERING ANGL 2
2 B 26 24 GND
Y/R
Bk 5 30 17 BRAKE +
Br/Y
6 31 33 BRAKE -
Steering Unit 26 +5V
F-01 14 TIRE ANGL 1
12V
6 TIRE ANGL 2
1 6 23 GND
2 5
3 4
F-01
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)
27 R/Y 4 Tire angle
Y/B sensor TWR 2
21
B
5
6
M TVR 1
23
R/Y 3 E-27
27
Br
22 2
23
B 1 1 2
3 2 1 E-27
1 2 3
6 5 4
4 5 6
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W) 501145
2-55
3.22 Tire Angle Sensor Fault (50)
Error code: 50
Display: "50". All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation. Line and steering contactor OPEN. Or
Situation
travelling speed limited to 5 km/h.
Possible
Faulty steering sensor, faulty main harness, faulty PS controller.
cause
Trigger of Voltage 4.8 or more, or 0.2 or less
the error 12°of phase difference between A and B
code 36°of fluctuation for 10 ms
Checks
(2) Disconnect connecter E-08 and H-01(3W), E-38(4W)

Check continuity between E-08-26 and H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)-3, E-08-26 and E-01(3W) E-38(4W)-4
(Sensor voltage)
(3) Check continuity between E-08-14 and

H-01(3W) E-38(4W)-2
Check continuity between E-08-6 and
H-01(3W) E-38(4W)-5 (Signal)
(4) Check continuity between E-08-23 and H-01(3W)

E-38(4W)-1, E-08-23 and H-01(3W) E-38(4W)-6(GND)
(6) Replace harness

(5) Connect logic connector and connect battery plug.
Turn on power
Check voltage between H-01(3W) E-38(4W)-3(Power)
and (GND) and check voltage between H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)-4(Power) and 6(GND)
5 V ± 10 % ‫ޓ‬Outside the specified range
(7) Turn off power, turn off battery, and discharge (8) Replace logic power board
Check steering wheel angle sensor linkage
Normal Abnormal
(9) Replace steering wheel angle sensor (10) Repair linkage
If fault remains
(11) Reinstall steering wheel angle sensor just has been
replaced
Replace EPS controller
502834
2-56
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-04
E-08
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
E-01 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-04
Life L/R
Signal 53 28
E-08 EPS Controller

W 8
CAN 5 3
6 L 4 21
E-02
30
12V
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18 VL
10
4 11 1 8V IMS
E-01 B GND
6 12 25 GND U
GND
11 32 GND
R/W V
Fuse 34 LOW
R/Y VE
1 27 W
G/L 25
2 B 26 24 GND
Y/R
Bk 5 30 17 BRAKE +
Br/Y
6 31 33 BRAKE -
F-01 14 TIRE ANGL 1
12V
6 TIRE ANGL 2
1 6 23 GND
2 5
3 4
F-01
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)
27 R/Y 4 Tire angle
Y/B sensor TWR 2
21
B
5
6
M TVR 1
23
R/Y 3 E-27
27
Br
22 2
23
B 1 1 2
3 2 1 E-27
1 2 3
6 5 4
4 5 6
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W) 501145
2-57
3.23 Accelerator Sensor Fault (51)
Error code: 51
Possible
Improper accelerator pedal linkage, faulty accelerator sensor, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
Sensor 1 or 2 output is 0.2 V or lower, or 4.8 V or higher.
the error
Difference in output between sensors 1 and 2 is 0.5 V or more.
code
Checks
(1) Raise front wheels until they clear floor
(3) Check link length of accelerator pedal

Normal Abnormal
(4) Perform inverter discharging work (5) Adjust accelerator pedal linkage
(6) Disconnect connectors E-19 and E-02 of logic unit

(Sensor voltage)

Check continuity between E-02-23(54) and E-19-5(54)
Without With service tool
service tool (9) Repair or replace harness
(10) Replace accelerator pedal
If fault remains
(12) Reinstall accelerator pedal, then replace logic card of

logic unit
(13) Connect connector E-19 and E-02 Turn on power and check voltage between E-19-3(55) and E-19-5(54)
5V Not 5 V
(14) Turn off power. Short-circuit E-19-3(55) and

E-19- 6(52), E-19-2(53)
Turn on power and check accelerator voltage with service tool
5V Not 5 V
(15) Turn off power

Open E-19-3(55) and E-19-6(52), E-19-2(53)
Short -circuit E-19-5(54) and E-19-6(52), E-19-2(53)
Turn on power and check accelerator voltage with service tool
0V Not 0 V
(16) Replace accelerator pedal (17) Disconnect battery plug
(18) Replace logic card of logic unit
502835
2-58
E-19
- 2 3
4 5 6
Accelerator
E-19
21 L 53 2
R/Y 5V
24 55 3
W 6
ACCEL ANGLE 20 52
B GND
23 54 5
Logics
E-02
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501144
2-59
3.24 Traction Motor R.H., Pulse Input Fault (52)
Error code: 52
Faulty contact of right side traction inverter connector, faulty connection of right side traction motor connector
Possible and cable, faulty 12V input voltage of right side traction inverter, faulty contact or wire breakage of right side
cause traction motor speed sensor harness, faulty DSP card of right side traction inverter, faulty right side traction
motor speed sensor.
Trigger of
the error Motor rotation speed is more than 6000 rpm.
code
Checks
(2) Check to see if right traction motor cables (U,V and W

phases) are connected to right traction inverter properly
Normal Abnormal
(3) Check to see if connector E-07 of right traction (4) Connect cables properly
inverter is fastened securely
Normal Abnormal
(5) Check to see if connector E-17 of right traction (6) Fasten connector securely
motor speed sensor is fastened securely
Normal Abnormal
Sensor
(7) Disconnect connectors E-07 and E-17 (8) Fasten connector securely
Power supply
CAN
power again

Normal ‫ ޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
If fault remains
(17) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace Right
traction motor (DSP card is normal)
502836
2-60
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-61
3.25 Traction Motor L.H., Pulse Input Fault (53)
Error code: 53
Faulty contact of left side traction inverter connector, faulty connection of left side traction motor connector
Possible and cable, faulty 12V input voltage of left side traction inverter, faulty contact or wire breakage of left side
cause traction motor speed sensor harness, faulty DSP card of left side traction inverter, faulty left side traction motor
speed sensor.
Trigger of
the error Motor rotation speed is more than 6000 rpm.
code
Checks
(2) Check to see if left traction motor cables (U, V and W

phases) are connected to left traction inverter properly
(3) Check to see if connector E-06 of left traction inverter is (4) Connect cables properly
fastened securely
(5) Check to see if connector E-18 of left traction motor (6) Fasten connector securely
speed sensor is fastened securely
Sensor
(7) Disconnect connectors E-06 and E-18 (8) Fasten connector securely
Power supply
CAN
power again

Normal Abnormal
If fault remains
(17) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace left
traction motor (DSP card is normal)
502837
2-62
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-63
3.26 FC Lever Fault (54)
Error code: 54
Situation Display: "54". Related lever operation inhibited. Normal traction motor and power steering operations.
Possible Faulty lift FC control lever, faulty tilt FC control lever, faulty attachment 1 and 2 FC control levers, faulty main
cause harness, faulty input unit.
Trigger of
the error FC control lever voltage is out of range of 0.1 V to 4.9 V.
code
Checks
(1) Operate all FC control levers to find faulty FC control lever

Attachment 2: 4-valve specification only
Attachment 1 and 2: Inspect by checking pump motor running sound if attachment is not installed
Found Not found, with service tool
(2) Find faulty FC control lever with FC input / output Monitor

FC control lever voltage should be 2.5 ± 0.2 V if it is not operated
(3) Turn off power Note : -100 % equal 0.25 V

Replace abnormal FC control lever with normal control 0 % equal 2.5 V
lever 100 % equal 4.75 V
Turn on power
Check faulty FC control lever
Not changed Changed

Replace FC control lever

discharging work
(6) Disconnect connector E-12 of input unit. Disconnect connectors H-04 to H-07 of FC control levers (FC-IN harness)
Lift Tilt Attachment 1 Attachment 2
(7) Check continuity between (8) Check continuity between (9) Check continuity between (10) Check continuity between
E-12-25 and H-04-2(S026), E-12-27 and H-05-2(S024), E-12-29 and H-06-2(S022), E-12-31 and H-07-2(S020),
E-12-26 and H-04-4(S025), E-12-28 and H-05-4(S023), E-12-30 and H-06-4(S021), E-12-32 and H-07-4(S019),
E-12-23 and H-04- 5(A084) E-12-23 and H-05-5(A072) E-12-23 and H-06-5(A073) E-12-23 and H-07-5(A074)
and and and and
E-12-24 and H-04-1(G021) E-12-24 and H-05-1(G020) E-12-24 and H-06-1(G019) E-12-24 and H-07-1(G018)
Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity
(11) Replace input unit (12) Repair or replace harness (FC-IN harness)
If fault remains
discharging work
(14) Reinstall input unit and replace harness

(FC-IN harness)
502838
2-64
E-02
Logics
E-02 - 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
4 6 - 24 - 20 18 - 6 4 2
- - - 8
3 5 CAN
E-01
Power cord
10 3 E-01
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
12 6 Power
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
B 1
R/Y
2
W FC-IN harness
7 FC control lever
L E-12 H-04
8 A084 5
R/B 5V
H-04
23 S026 2
Lift
Input Y/W S025 4 5 4 - 2 1
unit 25 G021 1
W/Y H-05
26 A072 5
R/Y H-05
S024 2 Tilt
27
S023 4 5 4 - 2 1
Y/R
28 G020 1
Y/B H-06
29 A073 5
H-06
B/Y S022 2 Attachment 1
30 4 5 4 - 2 1
S021
1
31 L/Y G019
H-07
Y/L A074 5
32 Attachment 2 H-07
S020 2
24 B
GND
S019 4 5 4 - 2 1
G018 1
E-12
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
501147
2-65
3.27 Output Unit Solenoid Fault (55)
Error code: 55
Situation Display: "55". Related lever operation inhibited. Normal traction motor and power steering operations.
Possible Faulty lift solenoid, faulty tilt solenoid, faulty attachment 1 and 2 solenoids, faulty main harness, faulty output
cause unit.
Trigger of
the error When signal is outputted, current is out of range of 0.16 A to 1.9 A.
code
Checks
(1) Operate all FC control levers to find faulty solenoid

Attachment 2: 4-valve specification only
Attachment 1 and 2: Inspect by checking pump motor running sound if attachment is not installed
Found Not found,with service tool
(2) Find faulty solenoid with FC input / output monitor

Solenoid current should flow when FC control lever is
operated

discharging work
(4) Disconnect connector E-11 of output unit. Disconnect connectors E-28 to E-35 of solenoids (FC-OUT harness)
Lift Tilt Attachment 1 Attachment 2
(5) Check continuity between (6) Check continuity between (7) Check continuity between (8) Check continuity between
E-11-21 and E-28-1(1), E-11-24 and E-29-1(4), E-11-27 and E-30-1(7), E-11-30 and E-31-1(10),
E-11-23 and E-28-2(3), E-11-26 and E-29-2(6), E-11-29 and E-30-2(9), E-11-32 and E-31-2(12),
E-11-22 and E-32-1(2) and E-11-25 and E-33-1(5) and E-11-28 and E-34-1(8) and E-11-31 and E-35-1(11) and
E-11-23 and E-32-2(3) E-11-26 and E-33-2(6) E-11-29 and E-34-2(9) E-11-32 and E-35-2(12)
Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity Continuity No continuity
(9) Measure resistance of solenoid coil (10) Repair or replace harness (FC-OUT harness)
[13 Ω at -30 °C(-22 °F) to 24 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)]
Normal Abnormal
(11) Check short circuit between E-11-21(1), E-11-22(2) and E-11-23(3) (12) Replace related solenoid
Check short circuit between E-11-24(4), E-11-25(5) and E-11-26(6)
Check short circuit between E-11-27(7), E-11-28(8) and E-11-29(9)
Check short circuit between E-11-30(10), E-11-31(11) and
E-11-32(12)
Not shorted Shorted
(13) Replace output unit (14) Repair or replace harness (FC-OUT harness)
502839
2-66
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-01
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Power card Logics

E-11 Power CAN
E-01 3 6 6 5 E-02
- - 31 29 27 25 23 21 R/Y B W L
- - 32 30 28 26 24 22
Output unit
E-11
Output unit
31 32 30 28 29 27 25 26 24 22 23 21 20 19 14 13
E-10
Br/W
W/B
G/W
G/W
Br/B
Br/R
W/R
L/W
G/B
G/R
L/B
E-10
19 - - 13 - - - - 3 1
12 11 12 10 9 8 9 7 6 5 6 4 3 2 3 1
20 - - 14 - - - - 4 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
ATT2B ATT2A ATT1B ATT1A TILTB TILTA LIFTB LIFTA

E-35 E-31 E-34 E-30 E-33 E-29 E-32 E-28
Solenoid coils
E-35 E-31 E-34 E-30 E-33 E-29 E-32 E-28
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
501150
2-67
3.28 Output Unit Solenoid Current Leak (56)
Error code: 56
Possible Faulty lift solenoid, faulty tilt solenoid, faulty attachment 1 and 2 solenoids, faulty main harness, faulty output
cause unit.
Trigger of
the error When signal is not outputted, current is more than 0.18 A.
code
Checks
(2) Disconnect connector E-11 of output unit

Disconnect connectors E-28 to E-35 of solenoids
(3) Check short circuit between all pin patterns[E-11-21(1) to E-11-32(12)]

Not shorted Shorted
(4) Measure solenoid coil resistance (5) Repair or replace harness

[13 Ω at -30 °C(-22 °F) to 24 Ω at 80 °C(176 °F)]
Normal ‫ޓ‬ Abnormal
(6) Replace output unit (7) Replace related solenoid
502840
2-68
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-01
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Power card Logics

E-11 Power CAN
E-01 3 6 6 5 E-02
- - 31 29 27 25 23 21 R/Y B W L
- - 32 30 28 26 24 22
Output unit
E-11
Output unit
31 32 30 28 29 27 25 26 24 22 23 21 20 19 14 13
E-10
Br/W
W/B
G/W
G/W
Br/B
Br/R
W/R
L/W
G/B
G/R
L/B
E-10
19 - - 13 - - - - 3 1
12 11 12 10 9 8 9 7 6 5 6 4 3 2 3 1
20 - - 14 - - - - 4 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
ATT2B ATT2A ATT1B ATT1A TILTB TILTA LIFTB LIFTA

E-35 E-31 E-34 E-30 E-33 E-29 E-32 E-28
Solenoid coils
E-35 E-31 E-34 E-30 E-33 E-29 E-32 E-28
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
501150
2-69
3.29 FNR Lever or Accelerator, Faulty Setting (E)
Error code: E
Display: "E". Traction motor operation inhibited. Normal pump and power steering operations. Line contactor
Situation
OPEN.
Key switch turned on while direction lever was either in forward or reverse position, key switch turned on while
Possible
accelerator pedal was depressed, seat switch turned off during running, faulty direction lever switch, faulty
cause
accelerator sensor, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of Detects following signal when turning on power.
the error Direction lever: F or R
code Accelerator sensor voltage: More than 0.9 V
Checks
(1) Move direction lever to neutral, and release accelerator pedal
If fault remains
(2) Turn off power. Move direction lever to neutral, release

accelerator pedal, then turn on power again

With service tool
(3) Confirm SUO #47 setting (4) Disconnect connector E-02 or B-01
Correct Incorrect If B-01 is disconnected , short circuit B-01-1 and B-01-3
(5) Set SUO #47 with (6) Turn on power

service tool Not "E" "E"
(7) Check direction lever and accelerator sensor operations (8) Connect connector E-02 or B-01
with input/output monitor
(9) Refer to troubleshooting
for code "51"
(10 ) Turn off power
(Check faulty unit if found with service tool )
Direction lever Accelerator sensor
(11) Refer to error code "51"
(12) Disconnect connector E-19 of direction lever Turn on

power
Normal (E)
(13) Replace direction lever (14) Disconnect connectors E-03 and E-02 of logic unit
(15) Check short circuit between E-03-15(21) and

E-03-36(104), pump inverter N terminal and
E-03-37(103)
Not shorted Shorted
(16) Disconnect battery plug (17) Repair or replace

main harness
(18) Replace Logic card of logic unit
502841
2-70
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
E-03
A-01
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
4 - - - - - - 4
8 - 6 - - 6 - 8
Logics Back buzzer
(female) (male)
E-04 and E-03 A-01
G/W
Forward 37 62 8 F
Br 61 Direction
Reverse 36 6 R lever
B/W GND
GND 43 106 4 N
Accel idle
switch
Pump inverter
N terminal
Accelerator
Logics E-19
E-02 L
53 2
5V R/Y
+ 5V 24 55 3
ACCEL ANGLE 1 W 6
20 52
GND GND B 5
23 54
ACCEL ANGLE 2 21
E-02 - 2 3
4 5 6
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - 6 4 2 E-19
- - - 8
E-12
B-01 Input unit

L/R
F 2 18
W/L
N 1 19
Joystick box G/B
(option) R 4 20
G/R 14
GND 3
B-01 NEG
1 2 E-12
3 4
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
501160
2-71
3.30 Seat Switch, Faulty Setting for Traction ((E))
Error code: (E)

Display: "(E)" flashes. Traction motor operation inhibited. Normal pump and power steering operations. Line
Situation
contactor OPEN.
Possible Operator is not seated, seat switch turned off during running, improper seat suspension adjustment, faulty seat
cause switch, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
the error Detects seat switch opening when turning on power or during running.
code
Checks
(1)
If this fault occurred If this fault occurred when
during running turning on power
(2) Stop truck, then move direction lever to neutral

Sit properly in operator's seat and release accelerator
pedal
If fault remains ‫ޓޓޓ‬ Normal
(3) Fail-safe function
(4) Turn off power

Sit on seat, then turn on power again
If fault remains
(5) Turn off power
(6) Adjust seat suspension

If fault remains ‫ޓޓޓ‬ Normal
(7) Faulty seat switch position
(9) Disconnect connector C-02, then short-circuit

between terminals C-02-3 and C-02-2
Turn on power again
If fault remains Normal
(10) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (11) Replace seat switch
discharging work

Check continuity between C-02-2 and E-04-43(64)
(13) Replace logic card of logic unit (14) Repair or replace main harness
502842
2-72
E-03
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
Logics
E-03
0/12V
32
0/12V
33
C-02
Seat belt switch W/B 57 Logics
1
Seat switch Y/L E-04
3 58
B GND
43 GND
2 64
C-02 E-04
63 61 43
3 2 1 1 2 3 59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
(female) (male)
501161
2-73
3.31 Lift Lever, Faulty Setting (H1)
Error code: H1
Display: "H1" flashes. Pump motor and power steering operations inhibited. Pump contactor OPEN if this fault
Situation occurs when turning on power. Pump contactor CLOSE if this fault occurs during pump operation and then
OPEN if truck stops.
Possible Key switch turned on while operating lift lever, faulty lift control lever or lift switches 1 and 2, faulty main
cause harness, faulty logic unit, faulty input unit.
Trigger of
Detects lift control lever signal of CAN when turning on power (FC specification). Detects lift microswitch 1 or 2
the error
when turning on power (MC specification).
code
Checks
(1)
If this fault occurred during If this fault occurred when
pump motor operation turning on power
(2) Sit on seat, then stop pump motor operation

(4) Turn off power

Sit on seat, then turn on power again without lift
operation
If fault remains ‫ ޓޓ‬Error code "54" or "67" or"(L)"
(5) Turn off power (6) Refer to error code

"54", "67" or "(L)"
FC specification
MC (7) Change lift control lever to other normal control lever

specification Not changed ‫ޓ‬ Error changed
(8) Disconnect connector E-36 of microswitch (9) Repair or replace (10) Replace lift control
Sit on seat, then turn on power again FC-IN harness lever
If fault remains ‫ޓޓ‬ Normal
(11) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (12) Replace lift switch 1 or 2
discharging work

Check short circuit between E-36-1 and E-36-6
Continuity, Not shorted No continuity, Shorted
(14) Disconnect battery plug (15) Repair or replace main harness
502843
2-74
E-12
H-04
5 4 - 2 1 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
FC specification
H-04 FC-IN harness E-12
5 54
5V R/B 23
Lift 2 Y/W 25 Input
control lever 4 W/Y 26 unit
1 55
GND B 24
MC specification
Logics
E-36 E-04
Lift 1 2 67 W/L 51
GND
6
1 B
Lift 2
64 43
68
L/W 52
E-04
E-36
E-04
3 2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 4 5 6
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
(female) (male) 64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501162
2-75
3.32 Tilt Lever, Faulty Setting (H2)
Error code: H2
Possible Key switch turned on while operating tilt lever, faulty tilt control lever or tilt switch, faulty main harness, faulty
cause logic unit, faulty input unit.
Trigger of
Detects tilt control lever signal of CAN when turning on power (FC specification). Detects tilt microswitch when
the error
turning on power (MC specification).
code
Checks
(1)

(4) Turn off power

Sit on seat, then turn on power again without tilt
operation
If fault remains Error code "54" or "67" or "(L)"

"54", "67" or "(L)"
FC specification
(7) Change tilt control lever to other normal control lever

Not changed Error changed
MC
specification
(8) Disconnect connector E-36 of microswitch (9) Repair or replace (10) Replace tilt control
Sit on seat, then turn on power again FC-IN harness lever
(11) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (12) Replace tilt switch
discharging work

Continuity, Not shorte No continuity , Shorted
502844
2-76
E-12
H-05
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
5 4 - 2 1 32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
FC specification
5V R/B
5 54 5 23
Tilt 2 R/Y 27 Input
control lever 4 Y/R 28 unit
1 GND
6
B 24
MC specification Logics
E-36 E-04
3 Br/W
Tilt 66 50
B
6 64 43
GND
E-04
63 61 43
E-36 59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
3 2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 4 5 6
(female) (male)
501163
2-77
3.33 Attachment 1 Lever, Faulty Setting (H3)
Error code: H3
Possible Key switch turned on while operating attachment 1 lever, faulty attachment 1 control lever or attachment 1
cause switch, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit, faulty input unit.
Trigger of
Detects attachment 1 control lever signal of CAN when turning on power (FC specification). Detects
the error
attachment 1 microswitch when turning on power (MC specification).
code
Checks
(1)

(4) Turn off power. Sit on seat, then turn on power

again without attachment 1 operation
(5) Turn off power (6) "Refer to error code

"54", "67" or "(L)"
FC specification
(7) Change attachment 1 control lever to other normal

control lever
MC Not changed Error changed
specification
(8) Disconnect connector E-36 of microswitch (9) Repair or replace (10) Replace attachment
Sit on seat, then turn on power again FC-IN harness 1 control lever
(11) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (12) Replace attachment 1 switch
discharging work

502845
2-78
E-12
H-06
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
5 4 - 2 1 32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
FC specification
FC-IN harness
H-06 E-12
5V R/B 23
5 54 5
Attachment 1 2 Y/B 29 Input
control lever B/Y unit
4 30
1 55
GND
6 B 24
MC specification
E-36 Logics
E-04
GND B
6 64 43
Aux 1
0/12V Y/L
4 83 49
E-36 E-04
3 2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 4 5 6 63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
(female) (male)
501164
2-79
3.34 Attachment 2 Lever, Faulty Setting (H4)
Error code: H4
Possible Key switch turned on while operating attachment 2 lever, faulty attachment 2 control lever or attachment 2
cause switch, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit, faulty input unit.
Trigger of
Detects attachment 2 control lever signal of CAN when turning on power (FC specification). Detects
the error
attachment 2 microswitch when turning on power (MC specification).
code
Checks
(1)

(4) Turn off power. Sit on seat, then turn on power again
without attachment 2 operation

"54", "67" or "(L)"
MC FC specification
specification
(7) Disconnect connector E-36 of microswitch (8) Change attachment 2 control lever to other normal
Sit on seat, then turn on power again control lever
If fault remains Normal Not changed Error changed
(9) Repair or replace (10) Replace attachment

FC-IN harness 2 control lever
(11) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (12) Replace attachment 2 switch
discharging work

502846
2-80
E-12
H-07
5 4 - 2 1 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
FC specification
5V R/B
5 23
Attachment 2 L/Y 31 Input
2
control lever Y/L unit
4 32
1 GND B 24
MC specification
E-36 Logics
E-04
GND B
6 64 43
Aux 2 0/12V G/W 48
5 121
E-36
E-04
3 2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 4 5 6
63 61 43
(female) (male) 59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501165
2-81
3.35 Seat Switch, Faulty Setting for Hydraulic ((L))
Error code: (L)

Display: "L" flashes. Pump motor and power steering operations inhibited. Pump contactor OPEN if this fault
Possible Operator not seated, seat switch turned off during pump motor operation, improper seat suspension
cause adjustment, faulty seat switch, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
the error Detects seat switch opening when turning on power or during pump operation.
code
Checks
(1)
turning on power turning on power

(4) Turn off power

Sit on seat, then turn on power again
If fault remains
(5) Turn off power
(6) Adjust seat suspension

(7) Faulty seat switch position
(9) Disconnect connector C-02, then short-circuit

between terminals C-02-2 and C-02-3
Turn on power again
(10) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (11) Replace seat switch
discharging work

502847
2-82
E-03
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
Logics
E-03
0/12V
32
0/12V
33
C-02
Seat belt switch W/B 57 Logics
1
Seat switch Y/L E-04
3 58
B GND
43 GND
2 64
C-02 E-04
63 61 43
3 2 1 1 2 3 59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
(female) (male)
501161
2-83
3.36 FNR Lever Fault (EE)
Error code: EE
Situation Gear of lever changes to neutral statusl, thus traveling inhibited.
Possible
Lever fault, harness fault, logic unit fault
cause
Trigger of All FNRs are ON (armrest FNR)
the error All FNRs are OFF
code Both FRs are ON (normal or foot direction)
Checks
Other than armrest FNR

(1) Disconnect battery plug and discharge
(2) Disconnect E-03, E-04, and A-01 harnesses

Place FNR lever in neutral.
Open‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓ ޓޓ‬short
(3) Connect A-01 (4) Replace harness

Open ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓ ޓ‬short
(5) Replace logic card of login unit (6) Replace FNR lever
Armrest FNR
(7) Disconnect battery plug and discharge
(8) Disconnect E-12 and B-01

Place FNR lever in neutral
With tester, check continuity between:
E-12-18 and E-12-14
E-12-19 and E-12-14
E-12-20 and E-12-14
Open short
‫ޓޓޓ‬ ‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬
(9) Check continuity between B-01-1 and E-12-19

(10) Connect B-01 (11) Replace harness

With FNR lever in neutral,
check continuity between E-12-18 and E-12-14 and
check continuity between E-12-20 and E-12-14
With FNR lever in position other than neutral,
check continuity between E-12-19 and 14
Open‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓ‬short
(12) With FNR lever in neutral (13) Replace FNR lever

(14) Replace logic card of logic unit (15) Replace harness

502848
2-84
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
E-03
A-01
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
4 - - - - - - 4
8 - 6 - - 6 - 8
Logics Back buzzer
(female) (male)
E-04 and E-03 A-01
G/W
Forward 37 62 8 F
Br Direction
Reverse 36 61 6 R lever
GND 43 B/W GND GND 106
4 N
Accel idle
switch
Pump inverter
N terminal
E-12
B-01 Input unit

L/R
F 2 18
W/L
N 1 19
Joystick box G/B
(option) R 4 20
G/R GND
GND 3 14
B-01 NEG
1 2 E-12
3 4
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
502260
2-85
3.37 Display Communication Fault (60)
Error code: 60
Display: "60".
Situation
Normal truck operation All truck operations inhibited
Possible Faulty main harness, faulty display unit, faulty logic
Faulty logic unit
cause unit.
Trigger of
Communication is impossible. Hour meter data of
the error Communication is impossible.
display unit is abnormal.
code
Checks

discharging work
(2) Check connection of display connector
CAN
(3) Disconnect connector E-02 and H-03
Check continuity between E-02-5 and H-03-9(3)
Check continuity between E-02-6 and H-03-10(4)
Continuity ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬No continuity
(4) Connect E-02 (5) Replace harness

Measure resistance between H-03-9 and10
(harness side)
120ǡ± 5㧑‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Not
(6) Measure resistance between H-03-9 and 10 (7) See troubleshooting for code E " 65"
(displace side)
120ǡ± 5 㧑‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Not
(8) Connect H-03 and disconnect E-02 (9) Replace display

Measure resistance between E-02-5 and 6
(harness side)
60ǡ± 5 㧑‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Not
(10) Check to see if these are shorted to other signal (11) Replace harness
cables
Not shorted Shorted
(12) Replace display unit
If fault remains
(13) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (14) Repair or replace harness
discharging work
502849
2-86
E-01 E-21
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - 2 1
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-21 Key switch
Power card 105 2

R/B
E-01 86 1
Battery + C-08
C-08
13 105
3 10 A 2 1
4 4 3
Fuse holder
E-37
2 5 H-02 (MC)
(FC)
2 1 1 2
(female) (male)
Emetrgency SW
H-02 2 1 E-37
(MC)
(FC)
3 2 1 1 2 3
7 6 5 4 4 5 6
7
10 9 8 8 9 10
(female) (male) Emetrgency SW
Logics
H-03
E-02 Battery voltage R/W
105 1
WB 3 9 W
CAN 5
Display
L L
CAN 6 4 10
15 L B/W
GND 4
106
16 H-03
E-01 10 9 - - - - 4 - - 1
Power card
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501151
2-87
3.38 Logic Card Initialize Failure (61)
Error code: 61
Situation Display: "61". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and ST contactor OPEN.
Possible Setup Option Group 3 data not set, Setup Option Group 1 and 2 default data not set, faulty Setup Option data,
cause faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
Setup Option data is in abnormal setting range. MC specification is set at #43 while CAN data is received from
the error
input unit or output unit.
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, then turn on power in Setup Option Group3 setting
(2) Set Setup Option Group 3 data

Confirm that SUO #43 and 50 have been set up correctly and their combination
with output unit and input unit is correct
(3) Set Setup Option default data
(4) Turn on power
If fault remains
(5) With service tool, set Setup Option Group 3 data
(6) With service tool, set Setup Option default data
If fault remains
(10) With service tool, set Setup Option default data
Tilt horizon Function

Enable Disable
FC Input Input
output output
output -
MC
502850
2-88
3.39 Logics Fault (62)
Error code: 62
Possible
Faulty EEPROM data, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
ROM/RAM SUM value of logic card is different from check data. EEPROM SUM value of logic card is different
the error
from check data.
code
Checks
(1) Turn off power, then turn on power in Setup Option Group3 setting
(2) Set Setup Option Group 3 data
(3) Set Setup Option default data
(4) Turn on power in "RUN" mode

Error code "61"
If fault remains "62"
(5) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (6) See troubleshooting for code "61"
discharging work

Set Setup Option default data
502851
2-89
3.40 Traction Inverter R.H., Fault (63)
Error code: 63
operations inhibited except lowering the mast.
Faulty main harness or connector E-07 comes off.
Possible (Communication between logic unit and traction inverter.)
cause Faulty logic unit.
Display fault
Traction inverter is connected as pump inverter
Trigger of (E-07-9 is connected to GND or installed pump DSP card).
the error ROM SUM value of traction inverter is different from check data.
code RAM of traction inverter is faulty
Communication between logic unit and traction inverter is impossible.
Checks
(2) Remove DSP cover, then remove connector E-07

Check the contact face both of connector E-07on harness side and-E 07 on inverter side
Connect connector E-07 and tuning on power
(4) Disconnect connector E-01

Check no continuity between E-01-3 and E-01-6 Check no continuity between E-01-3 and E-01-11
No Continuity Continuity
14 V, 8 V
power supply
(5) Disconnect connector E-07 and E-01 of logic unit. (6) Repair or replace main harness
Continuity No Continuity
CAN
(Already disconnected. E-07 and E01)
(8) (Already disconnected. E-01, E-02 and E-07) (9) Repair or replace main harness
Resistance between
E-02-5(3) and E-02-6(4)of harness side connectors
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(10) Perform CAN check of

Pump inverter Fault (65)
502852
2-90
(11) Connect connector E-07of traction inverter

Resistance between E-02-5(3) and E-02-6(4) of
harness side connectors
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(12) Replace DSP card of

traction inverter
(13) Check E-07-8 and E-07-9 that pin is not inserted in

No Yes
(14) Disconnect connector E-07 (15) Repair or replace main harness

Connect connector E-01 and E-02 to logic unit, then
turn on power again

Measure voltage between E-07-17(10) and E-07-20(12)
Confirm value is from 14 ± 2 V
Normal Abnormal
(18) Replace DSP card of traction inverter (19) Replace power supply card of logic unit
If fault remains
(20) Disconnect E-03, E-04, E-05, E-06, E-07, E-08

Reconfirm step (16) after power on
Normal Abnormal
(21) After step (17), (22) Repair or replace main

Connect E-07 harness
Reconfirm step (16)
Normal Abnormal
(23) After step (17), (24) Replace DSP of

Connect E-06 Traction inverter Right
Reconfirm step (16)
Normal Abnormal

Connect E-05 Traction inverter Left
Reconfirm step (16)
Normal Abnormal
(27) After step (17), (28) Replace DSP of Pump

Connect E-08 inverter
Reconfirm step (16)
Normal Abnormal
(29) Replace Logics Unit (30) Replace DSP EPS

controller
502853
2-91
E-02 E-07
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - - - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - - 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9
Power card Flat
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/R 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 - GND B
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
19

5 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
4
8
2
M V TVR
7 U TUR
6 1 Thermal
2 2 sensor
1 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-14 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
1 2
3 4
E-14
E-17
501135
2-92
3.41 Traction Inverter L.H., Fault (64)
Error code: 64
Display fault.
Traction inverter is connected as pump inverter.
Trigger of (E-06-9 is connected to GND or installed pump DSP card.)
the error ROM SUM value of traction inverter is different from check data.
code RAM of traction inverter is faulty.
Checks

Check the contact face both of connector E-06 on harness side and E-06 on inverter side

14V, 8V
power supply
(5) Disconnect connector E-06 and E-01 of logic unit (6) Repair or replace main harness
CAN
(9) Repair or replace main harness

(8) (Already disconnected E-01, E-02 and E-06)
Resistance between
E-02-5(3) and E-02-6(4)of harness side connectors
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(10) Perform CAN check of

Pump inverter Fault (65)
(11) Connect connector E-06of traction inverter

Measure resistance of CAN with connector E-02
disconnected
Resistance between E-02-5(3) and E-02-6(4) of
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(12) Replace DSP card of

traction inverter
502854
2-93

Confirm value is from 14 ± 2 V
Normal Abnormal
(17) Replace DSP card of traction inverter (18) Replace power supply card of logic unit
If fault remains

Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (15)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (15)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (15)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (15)
Normal Abnormal

controller
502855
2-94
E-02 E-06
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 19 17 - - 11 - 7 5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 - - - 8 6 4 2
Logics
E-02
CAN 5 W 3
L Inside Inside
6 4 3 of of
4 cover case
5 R/L 12V
9 16 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IUR
11 GND 8
V IVR
9 Flat
Power card
11 cable W IWR
E-01 Br/W 1
B 2
E-01 12V R/Y 5
W/B 6
L/B 7
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
GND B 19
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -

16 3 Speed
sensor W TWR
2
17
4
M V TVR
18 U TUR
15 1 Thermal
14 2 sensor
13 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
E-15 125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
3 4 1 2
E-18 E-15
501136
2-95
3.42 Pump Inverter Fault(65)
Error code: 65
Display fault
Pump inverter is connected as traction inverter.
Trigger of (E-05-9 is connected to GND or installed traction DSP card.)
the error ROM SUM value of pump inverter is different from check data.
code RAM of pump inverter is faulty.
Checks


Check no continuity between E-01-3 and E-01-6
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
14V, 8V
power supply
(5) Disconnect connector E-05 and E-01 of logics Unit
Continuity ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ No Continuity
CAN
(6) Disconnect connector E-02 of logics Unit
(Already disconnected E-05 and E-01)
‫ޓޓ‬
Continuity ‫ޓޓޓޓ‬ No continuity
(7) Repair of replace main harness
(8) Resistance between E-02-5 and E-02-6 of harness side connectors

120 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 120 ǡ ± 5 %
(9) Measure resistance of CAN for Pump inverter (10) Perform CAN check of Display communication
DSP card Fault (60)
Resistance between E-05-3 and E-05-4 of DSP card
side connectors
120 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 120 ǡ ± 5 %
(11) Replace DSP card of pump inverter

502856
2-96
(12) Connect connector E-05 of pump inverter

Resistance between E-02-5 and E-02-6 of harness
side connectors
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(13) Check E-05-8 that pin is not inserted in (14) Replace DSP card of pump inverter
No‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓޓ‬Yes

(15) Disconnect connecter E-05
turn on power again
(17) Measure voltage between E-05-18and E-05-20(12)

Voltage should be is 8 ± 2 V
Measure voltage between E-05-17 and E-05-20(12)
Voltage should be is 14 ± 2 V
Normal‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬ ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
If fault remains

Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

controller
502857
2-97
E-02 E-05
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 - 17 15 - 11 9 - - 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
20 18 16 14 - - - - 4 2
Logics

6 L 4 4 of of
cover case
14
15
5 R/L 12V Fuse
9 16 P
R/Y 14V
Power 3 17
10
4 11 18 DSP IMS
B GND 20 card card
6 12 U IU
GND
11 8
V IV
9 Flat
Power card
E-01 11 cable W IW
Br/B
1
E-01 GND B
2
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Pump motor
W PW
M V PV
U PU
E-16
Thermal
37 2 sensor
36 1 341Ω 150°C [302°F]
125kΩ -30°C [-22°F]
1 2
E-16
501137
2-98
3.43 Input Unit Fault (67)
Error code: 67
Possible
Faulty remote input unit, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
ROM/RAM SUM value of input unit is different from check data. Communication with input unit is impossible.
the error
SUO #43 (Hydraulic Control Selection) is incorrect.
code
Checks
(1)
Without service tool ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
With service tool
(2) Check input unit status with FC input / output monitor

Normal‫ޓޓޓޓ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Error
(3) Turn off power (4) Disconnect battery plug, then replace input unit
(5) Disconnect connector E-12 of input unit, then measure voltage between E-12-1(12) and E-12-2(10)
Normal‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal
(6) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (7) Turn off power, then disconnect connector H-02 of
discharging work harness and connector H-02 of FC-IN harness
(8) Disconnect connector E-02 of logic unit (9) Measure voltage between H-02-07(12) and H-02-10(10)
Check continuity between E-12-7 and E-02-5(3) Confirm value is 14 ± 2 V
Check continuity between E-12-8 and E-02-6(4) Normal‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓ‬
(10) Replace input unit (11) Repair or replace (12) Disconnect battery
FC-IN harness plug, then perform
inverter
discharging work
(13) Disconnect connector H-02of FC-IN harness (14) Check continuity between E-01-3 and H-02-10(10)
Check continuity between H-02-1 and E-02-5(3) Check continuity between E-01-6 and H-02-7(12)
Check continuity between H-02-4 and E-02-6(4) ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
(17) Replace power (18) Repair or replace

(15) Repair or replace (16) Repair or replace supply card of logic main harness
FC-IN harness main harness unit
502858
2-99
E-12
31 29 27 25 23 21 19 - - - - - 7 - - 1
32 30 28 26 24 - 20 18 - 14 - - 8 - - 2
H-02 E-01
3 2 1 1 2 3
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
7 6 5 4 4 5 6
7
10 9 8 8 9 10 16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
(female) (male)
FC-IN Power card

E-12 harness H-02 E-01
B GND
1 12 7 12 6
Input R/Y10 14V
unit 2 10 10 3
W 0 to 5V
7 3 1 3
L 0 to 5V
4 Logics
8 4 4
E-02
5
CAN
6
Harness
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501152
2-100
3.44 Output Unit Fault (68)
Error code: 68
Possible
Emergency switch opened, faulty remote output unit, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of Emergency switch is detected. ROM/RAM SUM value of output unit is different from check data.
the error Communication with output unit is impossible. SUO #43 (Hydraulic Control Selection) is incorrect. SUO #50
code (Tilt Holizon Function) is incorrect.
Checks
(1) Check emergency switch

Not pushed ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
Pushed
(2) Release emergency switch
(3) Checks
Without service tool ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
With service tool
(4) Check output unit status with FC input /output monitor

Normal ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓޓޓޓ‬Error
(5) Turn off power (6) Disconnect battery plug, then replace output unit
Turn off power
(7) Disconnect connector E-10 of output unit, then Measure

voltage between E-10-20(10) and E-10-19(12)
Normal ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
(8) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter (9) Disconnect battery plug, then perform inverter
discharging work discharging work
(10) Disconnect connector E-02 of logic unit (11) Check continuity between E-01-3 and E-10-20(10)
Check continuity between E-02-5 and E-10-13(3) Check continuity between E-01-6 and E-10-19(12)
Check continuity between E-02-6 and E-10-14(4) Continuity‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬No continuity
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓޓޓ‬
(12) Replace power supply (13) Repair or replace
card of logic unit main harness
(14) Replace output unit (15) Repair or replace main harness
502859
2-101
E10 E-01
19 - - 13 - - - - 3 1 15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
20 - - 14 - - - - 4 2 16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
Power card
E-10 E-01 E-02
R/Y 10 14V
20 3
Output - 23 5 3 1
B GND 21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
19 12 6 - 24 - 20 18 - 6 4 2
unit - - - 8
W
13 3 5
CAN
L
14 4 6
E-21
Logics
E-02 2 1
3 105
4 105 E-21 Key switch
105 2
R/B
86 1
Battery + C-08
C-08
3 10 A 2 1
4 4 3
Fuse holder
E-37
2 5 H-02 (MC)
(FC)
2 1 1 2
(female) (male)
Emetrgency SW
H-02 2 1 E-37
(MC)
(FC)
2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 4 5 6
7
10 9 8 8 9 10
(female) (male) Emetrgency SW
501153
2-102
3.45 EPS Controller Fault (71)
Error code: 71
Display: "71". All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation. Line steering contactor OPEN. Traveling
Situation
speed limited to 5 km/h.
(Communication between logic unit and traction inverter.)
Possible
Faulty logic unit.
cause
Display fault.
PS Controller fault.
ROM SUM value of pump inverter is different from check data.
Trigger of
RAM of pump inverter is faulty.
the error
Communication between logic unit and PS controller is impossible.
code
No life signal is inputted.
Checks
(2) Remove connector E-08


‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Continuity
No Continuity ‫ޓ‬
14V, 8V
power supply
(5) Disconnect connector E-08 and E-01 of logics Unit
CAN
(6) Disconnect connector E-02 of logics Unit
‫ޓޓ‬
Continuity ‫ޓޓޓޓ‬ No continuity
(7) Resistance between E-02-5(3) and E-02-6(4) of harness (8) Repair or replace harness
side connectors
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %
(10) Perform CAN check of Pump inverter Fault (65)

(9) Connect connector E-08 of EPS controller
Measure resistance of CAN with connector E-02
disconnected
Resistance between E-02-5(3) and E-02-6 (4) of
60 ǡ ± 5 % Other than 60 ǡ ± 5 %

502860
2-103
(12) Disconnect E-08

‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬
(13) Check E-08-9 that pin is not inserted in (14) Replace harness
No‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Yes
(15) Disconnect connecter E-02 (16) Repair or replace harness

turn on power again

Confirm value is From 14 ± 2 V
Normal ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Abnormal
(19) Replace EPS controller (20) Replace power supply card of logic unit
If fault remains

Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Connect E-05 Traction inverter Left.
Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

Reconfirm step (17)
Normal Abnormal

controller
502861
2-104
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-04
E-08
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
E-01 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-04
Life L/R
Signal 53 28
E-08 EPS Controller

W 8
CAN 5 3
6 L 4 21
E-02
30
12V
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18 VL
10
4 11 1 8V IMS
E-01 B GND
6 12 25 GND U
GND
11 32 GND
R/W V
Fuse 34 LOW
R/Y VE
1 27 W
G/L 25
2 B 26 24 GND
Y/R
Bk 5 30 17 BRAKE +
Br/Y
6 31 33 BRAKE -
F-01 14 TIRE ANGL 1
12V
6 TIRE ANGL 2
1 6 23 GND
2 5
3 4
F-01
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)
27 R/Y 4 Tire angle
Y/B sensor TWR 2
21
B
5
6
M TVR 1
23
R/Y 3 E-27
27
Br
22 2
23
B 1 1 2
3 2 1 E-27
1 2 3
6 5 4
4 5 6
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W) 501145
2-105
3.46 Contactor Coil Fault (72)
Error code: 72
Possible
Faulty line contactor, faulty pump contactor, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
the error By short circuit detection signal of logic card.
code
Checks
(1)
Without service tool With service tool
(2) Find faulty contactor (line contactor or steering

contactor) with input/output monitor
(4) Check line contactor or Steering contactor (Check faulty contactor if found with service tool)
Line contactor‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Steering contactor
(5) Remove coil side terminals of line contactor (6) Remove coil side terminals of steering contactor
Disconnect connector E-04 of logic unit Disconnect connector E-04 of logic unit
(7) Check short circuit between coil terminal plus(+) and (8) Check short circuit between coil terminal plus(+) and
minus (-) of harness minus (-) of harness
Not shorted ‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬Shorted Shorted‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Not shorted
(10) Measure coil resistance (11) Measure coil resistance

[44 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 66 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)] [61 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 91 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)]
Abnormal‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Normal Normal ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
(12) Replace line contactor (13) Replace logic card of logic unit (14) Replace Steering contactor
502862
2-106
EMG
KEY
Fuse
-
Line contactor
63 R/W 105 70
+
W/L
59
64 Br/R
Logics 73 -
E-04
Steering contactor
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501154
2-107
3.47 Hydraulic Lock Solenoid Fault (74)
Error code: 74
Display: "74". Pump motor operation inhibited. Normal traction motor operation and power steering
Situation
operation.
Possible
Faulty lift lock valve, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
code
Checks

Disconnect connector E-13 of lift lock valve
(3) Check short circuit between E-13-1 and E-13-2 of harness side
Shorted‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬ ‫ޓ‬ ‫ ޓ‬Not shorted
(4) Repair or replace main harness (5) Check short circuit between E-13-1 and E-13-2 lift lock
valve side connectors
Measure coil resistance
[7.9 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 11.8 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)] (MC)
[22.1 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 37.6 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)] (FC)
Normal ‫ޓ‬ ‫ޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
(6) Replace logic card of (7) Replace lift lock valve

logic unit
502863
2-108
Key Switch
R/W
Harness B
Logics E-13
E-04
Y
105 1 Lift
lock
61 W/G 72 B
2 valve
E-04 E-13
63 61 43 1 2
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501155
2-109
3.48 Parking Brake Fault (75)
Error code: 75
Possible
Faulty parking brake coil, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
code
Checks
(1)
Without service tool With service tool
(2) Find Parking brake with input/output monitor
(4) Disconnect connector E-04 of logic unit (Check faulty valve if found with service tool)
PKB PKB2
(5) Disconnect connector E-04 of logic Unit (6) Disconnect connector E-04of logic Unit
Disconnect connector E-23 of PKB Disconnect connector of PKB
(7) Check short circuit between E-23-1(301) and (8) Check short circuit between E-23-3(302) and
E-23-2(303) of harness side E-23-4(304) of harness side
Not shorted ‫ޓ‬ ‫ޓޓޓ‬Shorted Shorted ‫ޓ‬ ‫ ޓޓޓ‬Not shorted
(10) Check short circuit between unload valve side (11) Check short circuit between lift lock valve side
connectors connectors
Measure coil resistance Measure coil resistance
[13.5 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 25.3 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)] [13.5 Ω at -30 °C (-22 °F) to 25.3 Ω at 80 °C (176 °F)]
Shorted ‫ޓޓޓޓ‬ Not shorted Normal ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
(12) Replace PKB 1 (13) Replace logic card of logic unit (14) Replace PKB 2
502864
2-110
E-23
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
(female) (male)
Key Switch
Logics E-23
E-04
R/W 105 1 301 PKB1
60 Y/W 71 2 303 (L)
R/W 3
105 302 PKB2
62 Y/B (R)
71 4 304
44 PDS buzzer Key Switch
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
501569
2-111
3.49 PDS Buzzer Fault (76)
Error code: 76
Situation Display: "76". All operations available except for the buzzer.
Possible
Faulty PDS buzzer, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
code
Checks
(2) Disconnect connector of PDS buzzer

Check circuit between R1 and R2 of side
Not shorted Shorted
(4) Check short circuit between R1 and R2 or PDS buzzer

Not shorted Shorted
(5) Replace PDS buzzer
(6) Disconnect connector of E-03 and E-04 of Logics

Check short circuit between E-03-34 and R/W of key switch
Check short circuit between E-04-44 and R/W of key switch
Not shorted Shorted
502865
2-112
E-03
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
Logics
E-03
Rrlay Rrlay
R/W Key Switch
34 R/Y PDS buzzer L/Y
R1 R2
44
Logics
E-04
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
502542
2-113
3.50 Battery Voltage Too Low (78)
Error code: 78
Possible Faulty or discharged battery, low voltage battery, improper battery voltage setting (Setup Option #41),
cause improper battery voltage adjustment setting (Setup Option #46), faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
Corrected battery voltage is too low. Battery voltage is corrected by #46 value.
the error
36 V battery: less than 30 V 48 V battery: less than 42 V
code
Checks

Measure battery voltage with multimeter
36 V battery: 34 to 42 V, 48 V battery: 45 to 60 V Abnormal
(2) Turn on power in Setup Option Group 3 setting (3) Charge battery or replace with proper battery
(4) Set #46 of Setup Option Group 3
(5) Turn off power and turn on power again
If fault remains
discharging work

Check continuity between E-02-19(105) and E-01-14
(8) Perform inverter discharging work, then replace logic (9) Repair or replace main harness
card of logic unit
502866
2-114
EMG
KEY
R/W
19 105 Fuse
Logics
E-02
E- 02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501154
2-115
3.51 Battery Voltage Too High (79)
Error code: 79
Possible Faulty or highly charged battery, high voltage battery, improper battery voltage setting (Setup Option #41),
cause improper battery voltage adjustment setting (Setup Option #46), faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
Corrected battery voltage is too high. Battery voltage is corrected by #46 value.
the error
36 V battery: more than 42 V 48 V battery: more than 60 V
code
Checks

Measure battery voltage with multimeter
36 V battery : 34 to 42 V, 48 V battery : 45 to 60 V Abnormal
(2) Turn on power in Setup Option Group 3 setting (3) Replace with proper battery
(4) Set #46 of Setup Option Group 3
(5) Turn off power and turn on power again
If fault remains

discharging work
(7) Perform inverter discharging work , then replace logic

card of logic unit
502867
2-116
EMG
KEY
R/W
19 105 Fuse
Logics
E-02
E- 02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501154
2-117
3.52 Battery Consumption Too Much (Lo)
Error code: (Lo)

Display: "Lo" flashes. Battery low indicator ON. All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and pump
Situation
contactor OPEN.
Possible
Extremely consumed battery, faulty main harness, faulty logic unit.
cause
Trigger of
the error Corrected battery voltage is less than 22 V. Battery voltage is corrected by #46 value.
code
Checks
(2) Check battery voltage

22 V or more Less than 22 V
If fault remains
(3) Perform inverter discharging work (4) Charge battery or replace with new battery
(5) Disconnect connector E-01 and E-04

502871
2-118
EMG
KEY
R/W
19 105 Fuse
Logics
E-02
E- 02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501154
2-119
3.53 Tilt Angle Sensor Fault (80)
Error code: 80
Tilt mechanism for securing horizontal operation disabled.
Situation
All other operations are available.
Possible
Tilt angel sensor fault, harness fault, logic unit fault
cause
Trigger of
the error Tilt angle sensoris more than 4.9V, or less than 0.1 V.
code
Checks
(2) Disconnect E-02 or E-03 cable of logic and tilt angle sensor
Check continuity between E-02-26 and Tilt Angle Sensor-1(Power)
Check continuity between E-03-29 and Tilt Angle Sensor-2(Output)
Check continuity between E-02-25 and Tilt Angle Sensor-3(GND)

Normal Abnormal
(4) Connect logic connector E-02 and E-03 and

connect battery plug Turn on power
Check voltage between Sensor-1(Power) and
Sensor-3(GND)
5 V ± 10 % Outside acceptable range
(5) Turn off power, turn off battery and discharge (6) Replace harness
Replace tilt angle sensor
If fault remains
(7) Reinstall tilt angle sensor just has been replaced and (8) Replace logic power board
replace logic card of logic unit
502868
2-120
E-01
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-02
25 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
26 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-03
- - 37 35 33 - 29 -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
Logics
Tilt Angle Sensor E-02 and E-03
5V
1 26
2 29
GND 25
3
R/W 4 +5
10 46
W/R
9 45 2 +VL
B 1 GND
11 44
B 3 GND
12 100
E-01 E-02 Logics

Power card
501157
2-121
3.54 Load Sensor Fault (81)
Error code: 81
Pitch control and tilt mechanism to secure horizontal operation are disabled.
Situation
All other operations are available.
Possible
Load weight sensor fault, harness fault, logic unit fault
cause
Trigger of
the error Load weight sensoris more than 4.9 V, or less than 01 V.
code
Checks
(2) Disconnect cable of logic and load weight sensor


Normal Abnormal
(5) Replace harness

(4) Connect logic connector E-02 and E-03 and connect
battery plug
Turn on power
Check voltage between E-20-3(Power) and
E-20-1(GND)
(6) Turn off power, turn off battery and discharge (7) Replace logic card of logic unit
Replace load weight sensor
If fault remains
(8) Reinstall the load weight sensor just has been replaced
and replace logic card of logic unit
502869
2-122
E-02
E-20 - 23
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
5 3 1
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
1 2 3
Logics
E-20 E-02
R/Y 55
5V
24
3
Br
2 56 23
B GND
1 54 28
Logics
E-03
E-03
- - 37 35 33 - - -
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
501158
2-123
3.55 Handle Sensor Fault (82)
Error code: 82
Display: "82". All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation. Line steering contactor OPEN. Travelling
Situation
speed limited to 5 km/h.
Possible
Steering wheel unit fault, harness fault, power steering controller fault
cause
Trigger of
One cycle of steering wheel angle input is not within the range between 4 to 6.67 ms.
the error
Steering wheel angle input difference between A and B phase is more than 8 degrees.
code
Checks
(2) Disconnect cable of ESP controller and steering wheel

unit sensor
Check continuity between E-08-26 and F-01-1(27)
(3) Connect power steering controller connector and (4) Replace harness
connect battery plug
Turn on power
Check voltage between F-01-1(Power) and
F-01-2(GND)
(5) Turn off power, turn off battery and discharge (6) Replace logic power board
Replace steering wheel unit
502870
2-124
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-04
E-08
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
E-01 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-04
Life L/R
Signal 53 28
E-08 EPS Controller

W 8
CAN 5 3
6 L 4 21
E-02
30
12V
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18 VL
10
4 11 1 8V IMS
E-01 B GND
6 12 25 GND U
GND
11 32 GND
R/W V
Fuse 34 LOW
R/Y VE
1 27 W
G/L 25
2 B 26 24 GND
Y/R
Bk 5 30 17 BRAKE +
Br/Y
6 31 33 BRAKE -
F-01 14 TIRE ANGL 1
12V
6 TIRE ANGL 2
1 6 23 GND
2 5
3 4
F-01
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)
27 R/Y 4 Tire angle
Y/B sensor TWR 2
21
B
5
6
M TVR 1
23
R/Y 3 E-27
27
Br
22 2
23
B 1 1 2
3 2 1 E-27
1 2 3
6 5 4
4 5 6
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W) 501145
2-125
3.56 PS Motor Current Sensor Fault (A4)
Error code: A4
Display: "A4". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and ST contactor OPEN.
Situation
All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation.
Possible
Power steering controller.
cause
Trigger of
the error When turning on power, current sensor value is out of -120A.
code
Checks
502872
2-126
E-08
E-02
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
Logics
E-02
E-08 EPS controller
CAN 5 W 3
Inside
6 L 4 21 Inside
of of
30 cover case
R/L 12V
5 9 10 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18
10
8V N Battery (-)
4 11 1 DSP IMS
B GND 25 card card
6 12 U IUR
thermistor
Power card Flat
cable W IWR
E-01
Capacitor
E-01 thermistor
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 - PS motor
W TWR 2
M U TUR 1
E-27
1 2
E-27
501138
2-127
3.57 PS Motor Over-current (A5)
Error code: A5
Display: "A5". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor OPEN and ST contactor OPEN.
Situation
All operations inhibited except mast lowering operation.
Faulty PS motor. (Contain the bearing sensor)
Faulty contact or wire breakage of PS motor speed sensor harness.
Possible Faulty PS inverter.
cause Faulty contact or wire breakage of DSP flat cable in PS inverter.
Faulty DSP card of PS inverter.
Trigger of
code
Checks
(2) Check EPS motor body and terminal for burning and small
Normal Abnormal
(3) Check motor terminal (U W phases) for shorting to the (4) Replace EPS motor
motor body and truck frame
(5) Confirm cable looseness and improper connections (6) Remove the all cables of motor and traction inverter
(U W phases) for EPS controller and motor terminals (P N U W )
Normal Abnormal Check motor terminals for shorting to the motor body
(7) Secure cable if loose or

connect cable correctly (8) Replace EPS controller (9) Replace EPS motor or
cables
(10) Steering and check the jerky at very low speed

Normal Abnormal
(11) Replace EPS (12) Replace EPS moter

controller
502873
2-128
E-08
E-02
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
Logics
E-02
E-08 EPS controller
CAN 5 W 3
Inside
6 L 4 21 Inside
of of
30 cover case
R/L 12V
5 9 10 P Fuse
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18
10
8V N Battery (-)
4 11 1 DSP IMS
B GND 25 card card
6 12 U IUR
thermistor
Power card Flat
cable W IWR
E-01
Capacitor
E-01 thermistor
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 - PS motor
W TWR 2
M U TUR 1
E-27
1 2
E-27
501138
2-129
3.58 PS Handle Brake Fault (A7)
Error code: A7
Situation Steering wheel reaction force disabled, and travelling speed limited to 5 km/h.
Possible
Steering wheel unit fault, harness fault, power steering controller fault
cause
Steering wheel reaction force brake current FB is 1.2A or more.
Trigger of
the error Steering wheel reaction force brake command value > 0.2A and current FB < 0.16A
code
Overcurrent detected by overcurrent detection circuit.
Checks
(2) Disconnect Connecter E-08 of EPS controller and F-01

steering wheel
unit sensor
Continuity Not Continuity
(4) Replace harness

(3) Connect F-01
Measure resistance betweenE-08-17 andE -08-33
8.0 Ω at -30°(-22°F) to 14.9 Ω at 80°(-176°F)
Within the range Outside the range
(5) Replace power steering controller (6) Replace steering wheel unit
502874
2-130
E-02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
E-04
E-08
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- 8 7 6 - - - - 1
E-01 17 - 15 14 - - - 10
25 24 23 - 21 - - 18
34 33 32 - 30 - - - 26
15 13 11 9 - 5 3 -
16 14 12 10 - 6 4 -
E-04
Life L/R
Signal 53 28
E-08 EPS Controller

W 8
CAN 5 3
6 L 4 21
E-02
30
12V
R/Y 14V
Power 3 R/B 18 VL
10
4 11 1 8V IMS
E-01 B GND
6 12 25 GND U
GND
11 32 GND
R/W V
Fuse 34 LOW
R/Y VE
1 27 W
G/L 25
2 B 26 24 GND
Y/R
Bk 5 30 17 BRAKE +
Br/Y
6 31 33 BRAKE -
F-01 14 TIRE ANGL 1
12V
6 TIRE ANGL 2
1 6 23 GND
2 5
3 4
F-01
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W)
27 R/Y 4 Tire angle
Y/B sensor TWR 2
21
B
5
6
M TVR 1
23
R/Y 3 E-27
27
Br
22 2
23
B 1 1 2
3 2 1 E-27
1 2 3
6 5 4
4 5 6
H-01(3W)
E-38(4W) 501145
2-131
3.59 Battery Side Way Exchange Interlock (A8)
Error code: A8
Display: "A8". All truck operations inhibited. Line contactor HOLD and ST contactor HOLD.
Possible
Side-mounted interlock switch faulty, harness fault, logic unit fault
cause
Trigger of
the error Battery interlock switch is ON.
code
Checks
(2) Check connection of side- mount battery interlock switch connector

Normal Abnormal
Normal type
(3) Connect the connector
Side-mount battery
(4) Check for Interference between battery cover and switch
No interference Interference
(5) Reinstall cover and switch
(6) Disconnect connector E-04 cable of logic and side - mount battery switch
Check continuity between E-04-56 and Interlock SW(Br/B)
Check continuity between E-04-43 and Interlock SW(B)
Normal type
(7) Replace harness.
Side-mount battery
(8) Manually change side-mount battery switch to batteryavailable status and check continuity on interlock switch
side
Check continuity of interlock SW connector at both ends
(9) Replace logic card of logic unit (10) Replace switch
502875
2-132
E-04
63 61 43
59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
Logics
Side-mount battery
E-04
Br/B 5V
107 56
B
64 43
Interlock SW
Logics
Top-mount battery E-04
Br/B 5V
107 56
B 64 43
Interlock SW
501159
2-133
3.60 Battery Consumption Much
Error code: None

Battery low indicator flashes. Traction motor operation restricted to "ECONOMY" mode. Normal pump motor
Situation
and power steering operations.
Possible Consumed battery, improper battery voltage adjustment setting (Setup Option #46), faulty main harness,
cause faulty logic unit.
Trigger of
Corrected battery voltage is less than 25 V.
the error
Battery voltage is corrected by #46 value.
code
Checks
(2) Check battery voltage

25 V or more Less than 25 V
(3) Set #46 of Setup Option Group (4) Charge battery or replace with new battery
If fault remains
(6) Disconnect connector E-01 and E-04

502876
2-134
EMG
KEY
R/W
19 105 Fuse
Logics
E-02
E- 02
- 23 5 3 1
21 19 17 15 - - 9 7
- 24 - 20 18 - - - - 8 6 4 2
501154
2-135
3.61 Brake Oil, Low Level
Error code: None

Situation Brake fluid icon displayed. All operations available.
Possible
Brake fluid switch fault, harness fault, power steering controller fault
cause
Trigger of
the error Brake fluid SW is ON.
code
Checks
(2) Check brake fluid level

Normal ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ ޓޓ‬Too low
(3) Check brake fluid switch installed condition (4) Add brake fluid
‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬Abnormal
Normal
(5) Disconnect cable of EPS controller and steering wheel (6) Reinstall brake fluid switch
angle sensor
Check continuity between P3-38 and P 25-1
Check continuity between P3-43 and P 25-2
(7) Replace brake fluid SW (8) Repair or replace main harness
If fault remains
(9)Reinstall brake fluid SW just has been replaced and
replace logic card of logic unit.
502877
2-136
E-03 E-04
63 61 43
- - 37 35 33 - - - 59 - 55 53 51 49 - -
64 62 60 - 56 - 52 50 48 - 44
- - 38 36 34 32 - 28
Logics Logics
E-03 E-04
38 43
GND
Br/B B
63 64
C-01 C-01
2 1
C-01
1
2
501139
2-137
3.62 RTC Battery Low
Error code: None

Situation Flashing on hour meter.
Possible
Battery voltage for calendar IC is low.
cause
Trigger of
the error Signal from calendar IC.
code
Checks
502878
2-138
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
Chapter 3 MOTOR
1. Motor Installation Positions
3-Wheel model (3W)
4
2
3
1
502714
1. Traction motors 3. Pump motor
2. Electro-magnetic brake 4. EPS motor
3-1
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
4-Wheel model (4W)
502715
1. Traction motors 3. Pump motor
2. Electro-magnetic brake 4. EPS motor
3-2
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
2. Specifications
Truck model Specification

Type Induction, three-phase AC
Voltage V 48 V
Traction motor
Output W 4.5 kW
Weight 37 kg (82 lb)
Type Induction, three-phase AC
Voltage V 48 V
Pump motor
Output W 11.5 kW
Weight 40 kg (88 lb)
Type DC
EPS motor Voltage V 48 V
Output W 300 W 600 W
3-3
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
3. Structures
The AC motor model forklift trucks covered by this manual use three-phase induction AC motors as the Traction motors and
pump motor. For the feature and speed control of AC motors, see "AC Motor System Basics" in CONTROLLER section.
3.1 Traction motor
1 2 3 4
502716
1. W terminal 4. Thermal and speed sensor connector
2. V terminal
3. U terminal
3-4
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
3.2 Pump motor
1 2 3 4
502717
1. W terminal 4. Thermal connector
2. V terminal
3. U terminal
3-5
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
3.3 EPS motor
502718
1. To Rear axle (3 W) 2. To body harness
To EPS pump assembly (4 W)
EPS motor is the DC motor. The motor moves the rear wheel
(wheels) to Steer in accordance with the steering wheel
movement.
3-6
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
4. Removing Transfer Assemblies, Traction motors
2)
1)
A 1 1
501116
1. Frame 1) Motor mounting bolts, 3 places
2) Mounting bolt to the body, 6 places
(1) Remove the mast assembly. Refer to “Chassis & Mast

Service Manual”.
(2) Remove all the electric wirings, solenoid brake cable,
and hydraulic lines connected to the motor and
transfer.
(3) Hitch a sling to lift the motor. Wind the sling to prevent
it from falling.
(4) Place a jack under the transfer, and support the transfer
with the jack.
(5) Loosen the bolts that secure the transfer to the frame,
and slightly pull the transfer with the jack away from
the frame. 501117
After making sure that the transfer can be pulled out
horizontally, remove the bolts that secure the transfer
to the frame, and remove the transfer with the jack
from the frame.
Item Value
Total weight of transfer, Traction
115 kg (253.5 lb)
motor
3-7
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
5. Disassembling Traction motor
R CAUTION
- Ball bearings at both ends are of maintenance free. If it is necessary to remove the bearings when repairing the motor, the
bearings and seals must be replaced.
- If a bearing which is to be replaced has only one sealing lip, it should be greased with quality bearing grease when
installing it.
- Replace the bearings and seals after approximately 10,000 operating hours.
5.1 Disassembly Sequence
2
1
2 4
10
9 7
8
6
11
5 502719
1. Bolt Washer 7. End cover
2. Terminal, bolt 8. Sensor bearing
3. Bolt Washer 9. Oil seal, Wavy washer, Radial ball bearing
4. Grommet 10. Rotor
5. Cap screw 11. Stator
6. End cover (D)
3-8
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
6. Inspecting Traction Motor
6.1 Inspecting Rotor
Inspection for damage

Check the rotor for damage, especially for burning.
If it is damaged, replace it.
Inspection of spline
Check for wear of spline.
If it is extremely worn, replace it.
Inspection of ball bearing
Check fitting part of the bearing in the "cover, end" and the "cover(D), end".
If loose, replace them.
R CAUTION
When replacing the "bearing sensor", be very careful not to
damage the sensor. "
If the sensor is damaged, the motor will not operate
correctly.
Because the bearing sensor is very sensitive the static
electricity, do not touch any terminals in the connector
1
directly. 2
502720
1. Sensor 2. Connector
6.2 Inspecting Motor
Inspect with the following procedure after assembling.

Abnormal noise check
Operate the motor. Make sure there is no abnormal noise.
R CAUTION
If the motor is tested by itself, fix the motor on a work bench securely. The motor may move suddenly when starting. Test the
motor with the slow speed.
3-9
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
(1) Be sure to secure the motor ASS'Y on a work bench.

(2) Use the battery of the forklift truck to carry out testing.
(3) Connect wires as follows.
The right side
- Connect the U1 cable from the chassis to the U1 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the V1 cable from the chassis to the V1 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the W1 cable from the chassis to the W1 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the wire harness from the chassis (water resistant type 4P) to the connector of the speed sensor in the motor
(water resistant type 4P).
The left side
- Connect the U1 cable from the chassis to the V1 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the V1 cable from the chassis to the U1 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the wire harness from the chassis (water resistant type 4P) to the connector of the speed sensor in the motor
(water resistant type 4P).
6.3 Inspection of insulation
Measure the insulation between terminals and stator with

the Megger.
- Apply the earth probe (negative [-]) of the Megger to
the stator.
- Apply the line probe (positive [+]) of the Megger to
each terminal. (U, V and W)
502721
Tool Specific resistance

Megger 0.5 M or greater (DC500V)
3-10
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
7. Resassembling Traction motor
Follow the disassembling in reverse.
7.1 Resassembly Sequence
1)
5)
4)
3)
2)
502722
1) Apply silicone adhesive (Toray, Dow Corning SE9188) to 4) Apply grease on the lip of the oil seal, and apply the
the clearance between the terminal and stator core. THREEBOND [#1104] around the seal.
2) 11± 1 N·m ( 1.12 ± 0.1 kgf·m) [ 8.11 ± 0.74 lbf·ft] 5) Secure the temperature sensor using Araldite (epoxy
3) Apply LOCTITE [#648], [#262 or an equivalent product paste adhesive AV/HV1580 or equivalent).
in M8 thread holes.]
Replacing Temperature Sensor

By cutting off the wire of the current temperature sensor (no
need to remove the sensor), a new temperature sensor can 1 3
be mounted on the opposite side. 2
Use Araldite (epoxy paste adhesive AV/HV158 or equivalent)
to secure the temperature sensor.
502713
1. New temperature sensor 3. Cut off
2. Current temperature sensor
3-11
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
8. Removing Pump Motor
8.1 Suggestions for Removal
R CAUTION
- Record places of the harness connections before removal.
- Turn the key switch to the off position and operate hydraulic levers a few times to release high pressure in the hydraulic
piping before disconnecting hydraulic hoses or pipes.
- When disconnecting hydraulic pipes, cap them to prevent dust from entering into hydraulic components and pipes.
(1) Remove the floor plates.
(2) Disconnect following hoses from the gear pump.

- High-pressure hose (from the control valve)
- Low-pressure hose (from the hydraulic tank) 2
Note: Prepare a drip pan to catch remaining oil inside the 3
hoses.
Plug the hose openings to prevent from leaking.
(3) Disconnect lead wires of the pump motor. 4
1
502723
1. High-pressure hose 3. Lead wires

2. Low-pressure hose 4. Pump motor
(4) Remove flange bolt for the motor bracket, and hoist the
pump motor with the motor bracket.
1
1
2 502724
1. Flange bolt 2. Motor bracket
Tightening torque for flange bolt

38.6 to 47.2 N·m (4.0 to 4.8 kgf ·m) [28.5 to 34.8 lbf·ft]
3-12
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
(5) Remove the flange nuts, and remove the pump motor
with cushion and gear pump from the motor bracket.
3
1
502725
1. Flange nut 3. Pump motor
2. Cushion 4. Motor bracket
Tightening torque for flange nut

(6) Remove the washer assembled bolt, and remove the

gear pump from the pump motor. 1
2
Note: Do not disassemble the gear pump.
4
3
5
502726
1. Pump motor 3. Gear pump
2. washer assembled bolt
Tightening torque for washer assembled bolt

3-13
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
9. Disassembing Pump Motor
R CAUTION
- Ball bearings at both ends are of maintenance free. If it is necessary to remove the bearings when repairing the motor, the
bearings and seals must be replaced.
- If a bearing which is to be replaced has only one sealing lip, it should be greased with quality bearing grease when
installing it.
- Replace the bearings and seals after approximately 10,000 operating hours.
9.1 Disassembly Sequence
2
1
2 4
10
9 7
6
8
11
5
502727
1. Bolt Washer 7. End cover
2. Terminal, bolt 8. Radial ball bearing
3. Bolt Washer 9. Wavy washer, Radial ball bearing
4. Grommet 10. Rotor
5. Cap screw 11. Stator
6. End cover (D)
3-14
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
10. Inspecting Pump Motor
10.1 Inspecting Rotor

Check the rotor for damage, especially for burning.
Check fitting part of the bearing in the "cover, end" and the "cover(D), end".
R CAUTION
When replacing the "bearing sensor", be very careful not to
damage the sensor. "
If the sensor is damaged, the motor will not operate
correctly.
Because the bearing sensor is very sensitive the static
electricity, do not touch any terminals in the connector
1
directly. 2
502720
1. Sensor 2. Connector

Abnormal noise check
Operate the motor. Make sure there is no abnormal noise.
R CAUTION
(1) Be sure to secure the motor ASS'Y on a work bench.

(2) Use the battery of the forklift truck to carry out testing.
- Connect the U2 cable from the chassis to the U2 terminal on the motor.
- Connect the V2 cable from the chassis to the V2 terminal on the motor.
3-15
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
10.3 Inspection of insulation
Measure the insulation between terminals and stator with

the Megger.
- Apply the earth probe (negative [-]) of the Megger to
the stator.
- Apply the line probe (positive [+]) of the Megger to
each terminal. (U, V and W)
502728
Tool Specific resistance

Megger 0.5 M or greater (DC500V)
3-16
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
11. Resassembling Pump motor
Follow the disassembling in reverse.
11.1 Resassembly Sequence
1)
4)
3)
2)
502729
1) Apply silicone adhesive (Toray, Dow Corning SE9188) to 3) Apply LOCTITE [#648], [#262] or an equivalent product
the clearance between the terminal and stator core. in M8 thread holes.]
2) 11± 1 N·m ( 1.12 ± 0.1 kgf·m) [ 8.11 ± 0.74 lbf·ft] 4) Secure the temperature sensor using Araldite (epoxy
paste adhesive AV/HV1580 or equivalent).
Replacing Temperature Sensor

By cutting off the wire of the current temperature sensor (no
need to remove the sensor), a new temperature sensor can 1 3
be mounted on the opposite side. 2
Use Araldite (epoxy paste adhesive AV/HV158 or equivalent)
to secure the temperature sensor.
502713
1. New temperature sensor 3. Cut off
2. Current temperature sensor
3-17
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
12. Tightening of High-power Cable Terminals
R CAUTION
If the high-power cable terminals of the battery-operated
vehicle are not tightened properly, the increased contact 2
resistance causes excessive heat generation, and could
1
cause a fire in the worst case. To prevent accidents and
equipment problems, be sure to regularly check the
tightening torque of the high-power cable terminals. Do not
pull the cables to check connections or during adjustment.
If the cable terminal sections are moved, re-tighten the
connections.
502730
1. Left Traction motor (3
terminals)
2. Right Traction motor (3
terminals)
502731
1. Pump motor (3 terminals)
3-18
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
13. Removing EPS Motor
13.1 Suggestions for Removal
R CAUTION
- Apply wheel chocks to tyres to prevent the truck from moving.
- Turn the key switch to the off position.
- Record places of harness connections before disconnecting.
- Be sure to disconnect the battery plug.
- Be careful not to injure the controllers.
(1) Open the battery cover.

(2) Remove the rear cover and rain cover.
(3) Disconnect harness of the EPS motor.
(4) Remove the EPS motor.
14. Disassembling EPS Motor
3-Wheel model (3 W)
2 3
300W 5
7
7
6
1
4
600W 2
3
5
7
7
6
1 4
502732
1. Bolt 5. Cover (D)
2. End cover (C) 6. Oil seal
3. York assembly 7. Ball bearing
4. armature
3-19
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
4-Wheel model (4 W)
2
3
5
7
7
6
1 4
502733
1. Bolt 5. Cover (D)
2. End cover (C) 6. Oil seal
3. York assembly 7. Ball bearing
4. armature
3-20
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
15. Inspecting EPS Motor
15.1 Inspecting Armature

Check the armature for damage, especially for burning.
If the surface of Commutator is damaged, repair or replace it.
Check fitting part of the bearing in the "cover(C), end" and the cover(D).
Inspection of commutator
Check the armature for damage especially by high
temperature.
If the surface of Commutator is damaged, repair or replace
it.
502734
1. Good 2. Not good
502735
1. φD
Item Standard Limit

30 mm 29 mm
1.7 to 1.6 ton model
(1.18 in.) (1.14 in.)
3W
40 mm 39 mm
Wear if commutator (φD) 1.8 to 2.0 ton model
(1.57 in.) (1.54 in.)
40 mm 39 mm
4W
(1.57 in.) (1.54 in.)
3-21
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
502736
Item Standard
0.8 to 0.85 mm
Under cut of commutator
(0.032 to 0.034 in.)
How to repair of commutator

(1) Grind or polish the Commutator.
(2) Undercut the commutator after grinding.
(3) Finish the surface of Commutator with a sand paper (#400).
Inspection of insulation
Check the insulation between Commutator and Armature shaft.
R CAUTION
Clean up the armature by compressed air before checking.
1
502737
1. Positive 2. Negative
Tool Specific Resistance

Tester Infinite at x 1k range
Megger 0.5M or greater (DC500V)
3-22
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
Inspection of force of spring

Hook a spring scale to the brush SPRING and check if both
springs have the same tension. Then make sure of equal
force on 2 springs. 1 2
502738
1. Spring scale 2. Spring
Item Standard
1.3 to 1.6 ton model 7N
Force of 3W
1.8 to 2.0 ton model 5N
spring
4W 5N
R CAUTION
If the SPRING and/or the brush holder were rusted, replace them.

Abnormal noise and spark
Operate the motor. Then make sure that abnormal noise is not heard and sparks of brushes are not seen.
R CAUTION
(1) Be sure to secure EPS motor ass'y on a work bench.
(2) Apply 1/4 voltage of the battery (about 12V) to carry out testing.
- Connect (WHITE) wire to the (positive [+])terminal of the battery.
- Connect (BLACK) wire to the (negative [-]) terminal of the battery.
Inspection of insulation
Measure the insulation between terminals in the connector
2
and the end cover with the Megger.
(1) Apply the earth probe (negative [-]) of the Megger to
the yoke.
(2) Apply the line probe (positive [+]) of the Megger to
each terminal of connector plug.
3
1 502739
1. Megger 3. End cover
2. Connector
Tool Specific Resistance

Megger 0.1M or greater (DC500V)
3-23
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
15.3 Inspecting Oil Seal and Permanent Magnet
Oil seal
Check Oil seal for wear and damage. If worn or damaged, replace it.
Permanent magnet
Check permanent magnets in the Yoke for damage or sticking metallic dust. If sticking metallic dust, remove it with
compressed air. If damaged, replace the whole motor.
3-24
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
16. Inspecting EPS Motor
16.1 Brush
(1) Measure the thickness of brush.

If it is less than the wear limit, replace it.
1 1
2
1) 3
502740
1. Brush 3. Commutator
2. Spring 1) Thickness of brush
Item Standard Limit

20 mm 9 mm
1.3 to 1.6 ton model
(0.79 in.) (0.35 in.)
3W
20 mm 11 mm
Thickness of brush 1.8 to 2.0 ton model
(0.79 in.) (0.43 in.)
20 mm 11 mm
4W
(0.79 in.) (0.43 in.)
(2) Check the surface of the brush contacting to

commutator. 1
2
1) 2) 2)
502741
1. Brush 1) Good
2. Commutator 2) Not good
(3) If the condition is not good, insert a sand paper [#400]

between the brush and commutator.
(4) Polish the brush surface by moving a sand paper or 1
rotating commutator.
(5) Check the thickness of brush. 2
(6) Blow the dust out with compressed air and clean the 3
parts.
502742
1. Brush 3. Commutator
2. Sand paper
Tool name Number

Sand paper #400
3-25
CHAPTER 3 MOTOR
17. Troubleshooting
Symptom Possible causes Solution

Charge battery and improve power supply
Low supply voltage
condition.
Blown fuse Replace.
Excess load Reduce load.
Motor does not start.
Faulty wire connection Repair, or re-tighten wire connections.
Broken wire in control device Repair or replace.
Broken wire in field device Repair or replace.
Broken wire in armature coil Repair or replace.
Charge battery and improve power supply
Motor starts but does not Low supply voltage condition.
run at rated speed.
Faulty connection of armature circuit Repair connections.
Defective bearings Replace bearings.
Motor produces
Abnormal vibrations and Loose mounting bolts Retighten bolts and nuts.
noise.
Contact between armature and field coil Repair or replace.
Incorrect installation Correct installation condition.
Remove the cause of vibration, or take
Severe external vibration
Bearing overheats. appropriate vibration-insulating measures.
Defective bearings Replace.
Oil degradation or shortage in bearings Replace.
3-26
CHAPTER 4 HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Chapter 4 HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
1. Description of Circuit Diagrams
The Circuit diagrams consist of the schematic diagrams and connector diagrams.
1.1 Schematic diagram
All circuits including the power supply and ground are divided into the power circuit, GND circuit and system circuits.
Power circuit diagram
The power circuit diagram indicates the power circuit including the battery, fuse, ignition switch, etc.
GND circuit diagram
The GND circuit diagram indicates the circuits from each electric component to the body ground or from each component to
the battery negative terminal.
System circuit diagrams
The system circuit diagrams indicate the circuits of each system from fuse to GND (earth) excluding the above power supply
and GND circuit portions.
1.2 Connector Diagrams
The connector shapes, terminal shapes and terminal arrangements of all connectors in the circuit diagrams are indicated.
4-1
2. How to Read Circuit Diagrams
The circuit of each system from fuse to GND (earth) is indicated. The circuits indicate the direction of signal flow. In figures, it
flows from top (positive) to bottom (negative).
2
3
5 10
7 11 15
8
12
16
17
13
9 18
14
19
501952
4-2
1. Departure equipment name 11. Used place of relay coil (Description(1))
2. Departure sheet number 12. Indicate same connector
3. Cable diameter & color (Description(2)) 13. Indicate connection with GND circuit
4. Circuit number 14. Sheet number of GND circuit
5. Boundary (Description(4)) 15. Used place of relay contact (Description (1))
6. Equipment name 16. Destination sheet number
7. Terminal number of connector 17. Destination equipment name
8. Connector number (Description(3)) 18. Indicate connection with Negative circuit
9. Indicate connection with body GND 19. Sheet number of Negative circuit
10. Equipment number
2.1 Symbols
Symbols are used in the figures for easy reading of circuit diagrams.
General Symbols
(1) General use symbols
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
GND NEGATIVE
(HARNESS)
GND
(BODY)
(2) Conductors and coupling parts
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
CONNECTOR TWIST WIRE

(SOCKET/PLUG)
TERMINAL SHIELD WIRE

(SOCKET)
TERMINAL BRANCHING
(PLUG)
TERMINAL
4-3
(3) Standard passive parts
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
VALIABLE RESISTOR
RESISTOR
(4) Semiconductors and electronic tubes
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
AUTO LIGHT SENSOR

DIODE (PHOTO DIODE)
LED
(5) Generation and conversion of electric energy
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
STEPPING MOTOR
GENERATOR
THREE-PHASE BATTERY
INDUCTION MOTOR
DC MOTOR
4-4
(6) Swithes, control and protective devices
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

(N.O)
SWITCH MAGNETIC CONTACTOR

(N.C)
FUSE
TWO POSITION SWITCH
THERMISTER
EMERGENCY SWITCH
MAGNETIC COIL
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH
PROXIMITY SENSOR
SWITCH (AUTO RETURN)
(7) Indicators, lamps and signal devices
SYMBOL NAME
SYMBOL NAME
HORN
LAMP
BUZZER
4-5
Special Symbols
The following symbols are used when the representation by
general symbols is difficult. 2
This diagram shows that No. 1 and No. 3 terminals are
connected when the switch position is placed in N position.
F
1 N
R
501953
1. Switch position 2. Terminal
2.2 Sheet Symbol
A sheet symbol is provided in each circuit diagram sheet so that the relationship between diagrams can be clarified. The sheet
symbol consists of "SH" and two digit numbers, for example, “SH-01" or “SH-02."
4-6
2.3 Connecting Lines
(1) There are two thicknesses of the line which connect

between elements in the circuit diagram. Each line is
used as follows:
- Thick line: Connecting lines for the electric wires size of
20 mm2 (0.78 in2) or above.
101(1.25R)
- Thin line: All other connecting lines except the above. 1
(2) Connecting lines are represented by the circuit 3
number, wire diameter and wire color. For the 2
connecting lines of 0.5 mm2 (0.02 in2) wire size, the wire 4
diameter is omitted.
501954
1. Wire diameter, wire color 3. Wire color

2. Circuit number 4. Wire diameter
(3) here are two types of wires: the one having only one
color and the one having a colored stripe (combination
of two colors).
2
3
1
4
501955
1. Base color 3. Base color

2. Strip color 4. Stripe color
Color Codes
Symbol Color Symbol Color Symbol Color

B Black Br Brown P Pink
W White L Blue Sb Sky blue
R Red Lg Light green V Purple
G Green O Orange
Y Yellow Gr Gray
4-7
2.4 Equipment
(1) Equipment is represented by a box. The symbol of connector that belongs to the equipment is indicated inside the box.
(2) The items listed under the item category symbol have a specific symbol (equipment number) for classification of items and
identification of identical items.
Equipment number system
3
1
4
5
6
7
501956
1. Equipment name 5. Equipment number

2. Box 6. Classification number (serial number)
3. Connector for harness 7. Item category symbol
4. Connector belongs to equipment
Item category symbol
Symbol Item Symbol Item

F Fuse MC Contactor
SBF Slow-blow fuse R Resistor
FLW Fusible link C Capacitor
RY Relay D Diode
4-8
2.5 Relay Contactor and Coil
(1) For the relay contactor (contactor), the sheet symbol in

which its coil is represented is provided so that you can
find its coil easily. However, when the coil is
represented in the same sheet, the sheet symbol is 1 2
omitted.
LAMP RELAY
3
501957
1. Equipment name 3. Sheet symbol where coil is

2. Equipment number represented
(2) For the relay coil (contactor coil), the sheet symbol in
which its contact is represented is provided so that you
can find the location of contacts. However, when the
contact is represented in the same sheet, the sheet 1 2
symbol is omitted.
LAMP RELAY
3
501958
1. Equipment name 3. Sheet symbol where the

2. Equipment number contact is represented
2.6 Connectors
(1) The connectors are represented by the connector number for identification. The connector number is enclosed with a box.
(2) The same connector number is allocated to a plug connector (male connector) and its mating socket connector (female
connector) as a pair.
(3) The connector terminal number is indicated next to the connector symbol. However, for the terminals such as round
shape terminal, plug terminal and flat shape terminal, etc., the terminal number is indicated.
(4) When the connectors located side by side are the identical but have a different number, the line between the connectors
are indicated by a dotted line.
1 3
4
5
501959
1. Terminal number 4. Connector number

2. Connector number 5. Indicates that the connector is the same.
3. Terminal number
4-9
2.7 Indication of Connecting Line
(1) When a connecting wire crosses to other sheet, it is

indicated by the arrow with the sheet symbol next to it.
Also, the name of destination equipment is indicated
for better understanding.
501960
1. Destination sheet symbol 2. Destination equipment name
(2) Also a connecting wire from other sheet is also

indicated by the arrow with the sheet symbol next to it.
Also, the name of sender equipment is indicated for
better understanding.
501961
1. Sender equipment name 2. Sender sheet symbol
2.8 Indication of GND (Earth)
The GND (earth), depending on the connection type, is

represented as shown below.
(1) When connecting directly to the body.
1 2
501962
1. Terminal connector number 2. Graphic symbol
4-10
(2) When connecting to body or battery negative terminal

through GND circuit and negative circuit.
1 1
2 2
3 4
501963
1. Graphic symbol 4. This indicates the connection to

2. Destination sheet symbol negative circuit.
3. This indicates the connection to
GND circuit
2.9 Indication of Another Specification
When there is another specification, the portion of circuit, for which another specification is available, is enclosed with an
alternate long and two short dashes line, and the circuit of another specification is enclosed by a thick solid line.
1 2
501964
1. The circuit portion which differs depending on the 2. The circuit of another specification.
specification.
4-11
3. How to Read Connector Diagrams
For all connectors included in the circuit diagrams; the connector shapes, terminal arrangements and terminal shapes (plug or
socket) are indicated.
Socket terminal (female terminal)
4
1
2 5
3
6
501965
1. Connector number 5. Socket terminal

2. Lock 6. Plug terminal
3. Terminal arrangement terminal number
4. This indicates No.4 terminal of B-01 connector
Plug terminal (male terminal)
502710
1. Lock (Blackened)
(1) The connector diagram is a view from its mating face.

(2) For the connectors that are connected to the
equipment, only wire harness side connector is
indicated.
(3) For intermediate connectors, the connector diagram of
both plug terminal (male) and socket terminal (female)
are indicated.
(4) The lock portion of the plug terminal (male) is
represented by blackening to distinguish from the
socket terminal (female).
501966
4-12
(5) Unused terminals are represented by the terminal

number “-” Also, the terminal number marked with *
indicates a gold-plated terminal.
1 2
501967
1. Gold-plated terminal 2. Unused terminal
(6) The terminal shapes are simplified as shown below.
Round shape “U” shaped end Plug terminal Plug receptacle Flat shape
Type terminal terminal (Plug) terminal terminal
(Socket)
Actual shape
Simplified
representation
4-13
CHAPTER 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Chapter 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5-1
㻝㻞㻟㻠㻡㻢㻣㻤
㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻰㻵㻭㻳㻾㻭㻹
5-2
㻭㻭
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷㻲㻮㻝㻟㻼㻺㼀㻌䇵㻲㻮㻞㻜㻼㻺㼀

㻰㻱㼂㻱㻸㻻㻼㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱㻸㼁㻺㻭㻌㻔㻹㻯㻲㻱㻕
㻮㻮
㻿㻴㻯㻴㻳㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱㻿㻴㻯㻴㻳㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱㻿㻴㻯㻴㻳㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻜㻝㻠㻤㼂㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻞㻝㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻠㻝
㻜㻞㻠㻤㼂㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻞㻞㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻠㻞
㻜㻟㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻞㻟㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻠㻟
㻜㻠㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻞㻠㻠㻠
㻜㻡㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻞㻡㻠㻡
㻯㻯
㻜㻢㻸㻭㻹㻼㻞㻢㻠㻢
㻜㻣㻸㻭㻹㻼㻞㻣㻠㻣
㻜㻤㻸㻭㻹㻼㻞㻤㻠㻤
㻜㻥㻴㻻㻾㻺㻞㻥㻠㻥
㻝㻜㼃㻭㻾㻺㻵㻺㻳㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻒㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻟㻜㻡㻜
㻝㻝㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻟㻝
㻰㻰
㻝㻞㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻟㻞
㻝㻟㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻟㻟
㻝㻠㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻟㻠
㻝㻡㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻟㻡
㻝㻢㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻟㻢
㻝㻣㻯㻭㻺㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻟㻣
㻱㻱
㻝㻤㻿㻼㻭㻾㻱㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻟㻤
㻝㻥㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻟㻥
㻞㻜㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻠㻜
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷㻲㻮㻝㻟㻼㻺㼀㻌㻙㻲㻮㻞㻜㻼㻺㼀㻌㻔㻹㻯㻲㻱㻕㻿㻴

㻲㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱㻲
㻭㻝
㻜㻞㻜㻝㻝㻚㻜㻣㻚㻜㻝㻾㼑㼘㼑㼍㼟㼑
㻯㻴㻳㻰㻭㼀㻱㻭㻸㼀㻱㻾㻭㼀㻵㻻㻺㻿
㻳㻙㻠㻥
㻝㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕㻔㻾㻕
㻔㻾㻕
㻝㻜㻠㻮
㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻠㻳㻙㻠㻥㻯㻙㻜㻤
㻟
㻝
㻝
㻭㻭
㻱㻙㻟㻣
㻲㻠
㻲㻟
㻔㻮㻕
㻝㻜㻭
㻝㻜㻭
㻹㻯㻝
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻤
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠㻕
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻸㻵㻺㻱㻌
㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻲㼁㻿㻱㻌㻮㻻㼄
㻠
㻞
㻯㻙㻜㻤
㻹㻯
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻝㻜㻠㻭
㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㼇㻽㼉㻌㻱㻹㻱㻾㻳㻱㻺㻯㼅㻌
㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻝㻕
㻮㻮
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻥
㻮㼁㻿㻌㻮㻭㻾
㻥㻜㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝㻜㻠㻮
㻔㻮㻕
㻡
㻱㻙㻟㻣
㻞
㻲㻝
㻲㻞
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻠㻜㻭
㻟㻞㻡㻭
㻭㻜㻤㻜
㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕
㻳㻙㻡㻢
㻤㻢㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕
㻯㻯
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻠
㻲㻯
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻴㻙㻜㻥
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻱㻹㻱㻾㻳㻱㻺㻯㼅㻌
㻝
㻹㻯㻞
㻳㻙㻡㻡
㻝㻞㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻭㻜㻣㻣
㻔㼃㻕
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳
㻠㻤㼂
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅
㻳㻙㻠㻤
㻞
㻴㻙㻜㻥
㻰㻰
㻥㻠㻮㻌㻔㻡㻾㻕
㻤㻢㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻞㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕
㻝㻞㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻥㻠㻭㻌㻔㻡㻾㻕
㻤㻢㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻤㻢㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻲㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻳㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻵㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻥㻜㻶㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜㻿㻴㻙㻜䠎㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㻸㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㼇㼃㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻳㻾㻵㻼㻌㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻾㻹㻾㻱㻿㼀㻌㼇㻼㻟㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㼇㻴㻝㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㼇㻴㻠㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㼇㻴㻡㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻒㻿㻹㻭㻸㻸㻌
㻱㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻱
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻲㻯㻹㻯
㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻞㻕㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻞㻕
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼
㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝

5-3
㻜㻝
㻞㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕㻔㻞㻕㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻰㻵㻲㻲㻱㻾㻱㻺㼀㻌㻵㻺㻌㻴㼅㻰㻾㻭㼁㻸㻵㻯㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻌㼀㼅㻼㻱㻚
㻺㻻㼀㻱㻔㻝㻕㻌㻱㻹㻱㻾㻳㻱㻺㻯㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻰㻵㻲㻲㻱㻾㻱㻺㼀㻌㻵㻺㻌㻴㼅㻰㻾㻭㼁㻸㻵㻯㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻌㼀㼅㻼㻱㻚
5-4
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻝
㻝
㻵㻳
㻿㼀
㻻㻲㻲
㻝㻤㻢㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝
㻝㻜㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻞
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㼇㻽㼉㻌㻰㻵㻿㻼㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻟
㻱㻙㻞㻝
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻱㻹㻱㻾㻳㻱㻺㻯㼅㻌
㻱㻙㻞㻝
㻝㻜㻡㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻿㼃㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤
㻞
㻞
㻝㻜㻡㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻔㻝㻕㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌䇿㻝㻜㻡㻰䇿㻘㻌䇿㻝㻜㻡㻱䇿㻭㻾㻱㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻜㻡㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻜㻡㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻵㻝㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻝㻜㻡㻵㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻟
㻟
㼇㻵㻝㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻝㻜㻡㻶㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㻝㻜㻡㻷㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㻝㻜㻡㻾㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻿㼀㻾㻻㻮㻱㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻠
㻠
㻝㻜㻡㻲㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㻝㻜㻡㻳㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㻝㻜㻡㻿㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻴㻠㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㻡
㻡
㻤㻝㻜㻡㼀㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻺㻻㻌㼁㻿㻱㼉
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻯㻴㻳
㻝㻜㻡㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻝㻜㻡㻸㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻝㻜㻡㻺㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻢
㻢
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻸㻵㻺㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㼇㼁㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻲㻻㻾㻯㻱㻰㻌㻝㻜㻡㻻㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㻾㻱㻸㻱㻭㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻭㻸㼀㻱㻾㻭㼀㻵㻻㻺㻿
㼇㼁㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻲㻻㻾㻯㻱㻰㻌㻝㻜㻡㻼㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㻾㻱㻸㻱㻭㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻝㻜㻡㻽㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻸㻻㻯㻷㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱
㻤
㻤
㻲㻮㻝㻟㻼㻺㼀㻌㻙㻲㻮㻞㻜㻼㻺㼀㻌㻔㻹㻯㻲㻱㻕
㻿㻴
㻜㻞
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-5
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻱㻙㻜㻝
㻱㻙㻜㻝
㻝㻜㻢㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻢㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻡㻝㻟㻝㻜㻡㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕

㻝
㻝
㼂㻌㻳㻺㻰㼂㻌㻼㻻㼃
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻝㻜㻢㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻢㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻢㻝㻠㻝㻜㻡㻵㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕

㼂㻌㻳㻺㻰㼂㻌㻼㻻㼃
㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱
㻱㻙㻜㻡
㻝㻢㻥㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻸㻕㻥㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻸㻕㻡
㻗㼂㻳㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻗㼂㻳㻔㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻕
㻝㻣㻝㻜㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻝㻜㻲㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻟
㻗㼂㻸㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻗㼂㻸㻔㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻕
㻝㻤㻝㻝㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻝㻝㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻠
㻞
㻞
㻗㻤㼂㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻗㻤㼂㻔㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻞㻜㻝㻞㻱㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻞㻳㻌㻔㻮㻕㻢
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾
㻳㻺㻰㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻳㻺㻰㻔㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻕
㻱㻙㻜㻣
㻔㻝㻕㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌䇾㻝㻜㻱䇿㻘㻌䇾㻝㻞㻲䇿㻘㻌䇾㻝㻜㻳䇿㻘㻌䇾㻝㻞㻴䇿㻭㻾㻱㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㻝㻢㻥㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻸㻕
㻗㼂㻳㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕
㻝㻣㻝㻜㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻗㼂㻸㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕
㻝㻤㻝㻝㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻟
㻟
㻗㻤㼂㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻞㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻞㻜㻝㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻳㻺㻰㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕
㼇㻮㻝㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻾
㻱㻙㻜㻢
㻝㻢㻥㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻸㻕
㻝㻣㻝㻜㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻝㻤㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻠
㻠
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻞㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻞㻜㻝㻞㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕
㼇㻮㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻸
㻱㻙㻜㻞
㻱㻙㻜㻤
㻝㻜㻥㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻸㻕
㻝㻤㻝㻜㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㼇㻵㻝㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻌㻮㻻㻭㻾㻰㻕
㻝㻝㻝㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻡
㻡
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻞㻡㻝㻞㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻯㻴㻳
㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾
㻟㻞㻝㻞㻰㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻝㻜㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻞㻲㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻢
㻢
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻝㻜㻳㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻝㻞㻴㻌㻔㻮㻕
㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻣
㻣
㻱㻙㻜㻞
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻞㻠㻡㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻠㻡㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻥
㻗㼂㻸㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻗㼂㻸㻔㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻕
㻠㻠㻢㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻠㻢㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜
㻗㻡㼂㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻗㻡㼂㻔㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻕
㻝㻠㻠㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻠㻠㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻝
㻳㻺㻰㻙㻸㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻳㻺㻰㻔㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻕
㻟㻝㻜㻜㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻜㻜㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻞
㻳㻺㻰㻙㻸㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺㻕㻳㻺㻰㻔㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㻘㻝㻠㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻤
㻤
㻱㻙㻜㻠
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻌㻔㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻯㻭㻾㻰㻕
㻢㻟㻝㻜㻡㻸㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻸㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻯㻻㻺㻌㼂㻱
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻿㻴
㻜㻟
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㼇㻵㻝㼉㼇㻵㻝㼉㼇㻺㻞㼉㼇㻺㻞㼉

㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕㻷㻱㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻷㻱㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
5-6
㻭㻭
㻝㻜㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻝㻞㻲㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻝㻜㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻮㻮
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻝㻜
㻯㻯
㻭㻜㻣㻤㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕
㻳㻜㻞㻞㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻝㻜㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻱㻙㻝㻞㻱㻙㻝㻜㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻞
㻝
㻟
㻠
㻝
㻞㻜
㻝㻥
㻰㻰
㻗㼂㻱㻔㻿㻻㻸㻕
㻗㼂㻱㻔㻿㻻㻸㻕
㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅㻗
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻣㻕
㼇㻽㼉㻌㻰㻵㻿㻼㻸㻭㼅
㻳㻺㻰㻔㻿㻻㻸㻕
㻳㻺㻰㻔㻿㻻㻸㻕
㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅㻙
㻝
㻞
㻠
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻡㻘㻝㻣㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻢㻘㻝㻣㻕㻱㻙㻝㻜㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻱㻱
㻝㻜㻢㻴㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻝㻜㻢㻳㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻝㻜㻢㻶㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱
㻲㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻝㻕㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻺㻭㻹㻱㻲
㻜㻠
㻺㻻㼀㻱㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
5-7
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝㻜㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻡㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻾㻹㻾㻱㻿㼀㻌㻲㻺㻾㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㻌
㻝
㻝
㻝㻜㻢㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㼇㻵㻝㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕
㻝㻜㻢㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㼇㻵㻝㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻕
㻝㻜㻢㻱㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㼇㻸㻝㼉㻌㻼㻭㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻝㻜㻢㻳㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻞
㻞
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻝㻜㻢㻴㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻔㻝㻕㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌䇾㻝㻜㻢㻮䇿㻘㻌䇿㻝㻜㻢㻳䇿㻘㻌䇿㻝㻜㻢㻴䇿㻭㻾㻱㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㻔㻞㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻝㻞㼂㻌㻿㻼㻭㻾㻱㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻚
㻝㻜㻢㻲㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㼇㻸㻞㼉㻌㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻝㻜㻢㻵㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㻲㻺㻾㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾
㻟
㻟
㻝㻜㻢㻶㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㼇㻽㼉㻌㻰㻵㻿㻼㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻲㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻜㻜㻸㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜㼇㻲㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㻌
㻞㻜㻜㻱㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻥㻡㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻯㻻㻹㻮㻵㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻔㼀㻭㻵㻸㻘㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻘㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻘㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤
㻠
㻠
㻯㻙㻜㻢
㻥㻡㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻯㻻㻹㻮㻵㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻔㼀㻭㻵㻸㻘㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻘㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻘㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤
㻞㻜㻜㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻞㻜㻜㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㼇㻿㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺
㻞㻜㻜㻮㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻮㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻭㻟㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㻯㻻㻹㻮㻵㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻡
㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤㻔㻼㻭㻾㻷㻘㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻕
㻳㻙㻠㻝
㻯㻴㻳
㻞㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻭㻟㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻞㻜㻜㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻮㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻭㻠㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㻯㻻㻹㻮㻵㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤㻔㻼㻭㻾㻷㻘㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻕
㻳㻙㻠㻜
㻞㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻭㻠㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻢
㻢
㻞㻜㻜㻳㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻥㼇㻴㻝㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻴㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻵㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻞㻜㻜㻶㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻷㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻥㻤㻭㻤㻮㻥㻤㻭㻤㻮㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢㼇㻴㻡㻯㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻒㻿㻭㻹㻸㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻤㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤㼇㻴㻡㻰㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻤㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤㼇㻴㻡㻱㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻤㻯㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻤㻰㻯㻛㻰㻯㻌㻯㻻㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾
㻿㻴
㻜㻡
㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻞㻕
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-8
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㻸㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㻿㼃
㻝
㻝
㻭㻙㻜㻞
㼇㻴㻡㻯㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻒㻿㻹㻭㻸㻸㻌
㻻㻲㻲
㻴㻱㻭㻰
㻿㻹㻭㻸㻸
㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻭㻙㻜㻞
㻳㻙㻣㻟
㻳㻙㻣㻞
㻢㻥㻜㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㻝
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻤㻮㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻥㻮㻌㻔㻸㻕㻥㻭㻝㻜㻥㻮㻥㻭㻝㻜㻟㻜㻣㻭㻟㻜㻣㻮㻌㻔㻸㻕㻟

㻞
㻾㼅㻥
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻔㻸㻕㻥㻤㻯㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻣
㻟
㻰㻥
㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻞
㻞
㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻳㻙㻝㻞
㻳㻙㻝㻝
㻞㻜㻜㻵㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻥㻤㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕
㻾㼅㻤
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻰㻤
㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻳㻙㻝㻢
㻳㻙㻝㻡
㻟
㻟
㻞㻜㻜㻶㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻥㻤㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕
㻾㼅㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻰㻡
㼇㻭㻠㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻠
㻠
㻞㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻔㻮㻕㻔㼃㻕㻥㻝㻮㻥㻝㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻠㻟㻥㻜㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕

㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻾㼅㻡
㻳㻙㻥㻣
㻳㻙㻥㻡
㻳㻙㻟㻟
㻳㻙㻝㻠
㻳㻙㻝㻟
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻝
㼇㻭㻟㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㼇㻴㻟㼉㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻔㻮㻕㻔㼃㻕㻞㻝㻜㻮㻞㻝㻜㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻠㻟㻥㻜㻳㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻾㼅㻤
㻳㻙㻥㻢
㻳㻙㻥㻠
㻳㻙㻟㻢
㻳㻙㻝㻜
㻳㻙㻜㻥
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻜
㻡
㻡
㼇㻴㻡㻯㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻒㻿㻹㻭㻸㻸㻌
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻯㻴㻳
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝㻝㻝㻜㻭㻝㻜㻮㻝㻝㻝㻜㻭㻝㻜㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻟㻠㻣㻰㻣㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻣㻣㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻣㻭㻣㻥㻜㻶㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻾㼅㻥
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻳㻙㻣㻠
㻳㻙㻣㻡
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻟㻜㻤㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕
㻣㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㼇㻮㼉㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻣㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻣㻯
㼇㻮㼉㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻤
㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻢
㻢
㻰㻯㻛㻰㻯㻌
㻯㻻㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾
㻣㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㼇㻴㻡㻲㼉㻌㻲㻸㻭㻿㻴㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻿㻴㻙㻜㻤
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻥㻡㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻝㻞㻞㻝㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕㻟㻟㻜㻤㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻜㻢
㻣
㻣
㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻝㻞㼂㻌㻿㻼㻭㻾㻱㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅㻚
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㼀㻭㻵㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻥㻡㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻝㻞㻞㻞㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㼇㻭㻟㼉㻌㻼㻭㻾㻷㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻝㻝㻭㻝㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻟㻜㻤㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻝
㻯㻙㻝㻝
㻳㻙㻟㻤
㻤
㻤
㼇㻭㻠㼉㻌㻼㻭㻾㻷㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻝㻝㻭㻝㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻟㻜㻤㻰㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴
㻜㻢
㻯㻙㻝㻞
㻯㻙㻝㻞
㻳㻙㻟㻡
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-9
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻝
㻝
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㼇㼃㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼃㻻㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳
㻸㻭㻹㻼㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻞㻜㻜㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻠㻠㻮㻠㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻟㻮㻟㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㻮㻕㻟㻝㻜㻟㻮㻝㻜㻟㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㻮㻕㻥㻜㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻢㻡
㻳㻙㻢㻞
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻜㻠
㻳㻙㻜㻟
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻿㼀㻾㻻㻮㻱㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼
㻞
㻞
㻡㻠㻯㻠㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻮㻝㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻝㻜㻡㻾㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻾㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕

㼇㻺㻻㻌㼁㻿㻱㼉
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻢㻣
㻳㻙㻢㻠
㻟
㻟
㼇㻴㻡㻮㼉㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻳㻙㻢㻥
㻳㻙㻢㻤
㻠
㻠
㻤㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕㻤㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕㻡㻡㻭㻡㻮㻡㻡㻭㻡㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕㻡㻝㻣㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻣㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕

㻾㼅㻣
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕
㼇㻸㻞㼉㻌㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌
㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻰㻣
㻳㻙㻣㻜
㻳㻙㻣㻝
㻟㻜㻢㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻢㻢㻭㻢㻮㻢㻢㻭㻢㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻟㻠㻣㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻣㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻡
㻡
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻾㼅㻣
㻯㻴㻳
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻥㻡㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻠㻠㻠㻝㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻸㼓㻕㻢㻟㻜㻢㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻢
㻢
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻥㻡㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻠㻠㻠㻞㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻸㼓㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻥㻡㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻡㻠㻢㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻸㻛㼃㻕㻡㻤㻣㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻤㻣㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㼇㻴㻠㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌
㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻜㻢
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻥㻡㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻡㻠㻢㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻸㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻤
㻤
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㻿㻴
㻜㻣
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-10
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻿㼃
㻝
㻝
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻸
㻭㻙㻜㻞
㻾
㻺
㼇㻴㻡㻰㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌
㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻭㻙㻜㻞
㻳㻙㻣㻣
㻳㻙㻣㻢
㻝㻝㻜㻡㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻝
㼇㻺㻞㼉
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻤㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻠㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻠㻭㻠㻠㻮㻠㻭㻠㻥㻢㻭㻥㻢㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻡

㻞
㻾㼅㻟
㻷㻱㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻥㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕
㻟
㻞
㻰㻟
㻞
㻞
㼇㻴㻡㻱㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌
㻸㻱㻲㼀㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻳㻙㻤㻝
㻳㻙㻤㻜
㻤㻰㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻞㻭㻞㻞㻮㻞㻭㻞㻥㻣㻭

㻾㼅㻠
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕
㻰㻠
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻟
㻟
㻱㻙㻞㻡
㻱㻙㻞㻢
㼇㻴㻡㻲㼉㻌㻲㻸㻭㻿㻴㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㼇㻰㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌
㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕㻟㻠㻝㻝㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻝㻝㻯㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻣㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕㻾㼅㻟
㻳㻙㻣㻤
㻳㻙㻣㻥
㻳㻙㻤㻡
㻳㻙㻤㻠
㻠
㻠
㼇㻱㼉㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌
㻸㻱㻲㼀㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻝㻝㻭㻝㻮㻝㻝㻭㻝㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕㻟㻠㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕
㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕㻾㼅㻠
㻳㻙㻤㻞
㻳㻙㻤㻟
㻥㻞㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕
㻥㻟㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㻡
㻡
㻯㻴㻳
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺
㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻥㻡㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻟㻠㻜㻠㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻳㻛㻮㻕㻠㻥㻞㻮㻥㻞㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻢
㻢
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㻯㻙㻜㻥
㼇㻭㻠㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺㻯㻙㻜㻢
㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻌㻔㻾㻕㻥㻞㻯
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻞
㻯㻙㻝㻞
㻳㻙㻟㻠
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺
㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻥㻡㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻮㻕㻞㻟㻠㻜㻡㻌㻔㻜㻚㻤㻡㻳㻛㻮㻕㻝㻥㻟㻮㻥㻟㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㻳㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻝㻜
㻯㻙㻜㻢
㼇㻭㻟㼉㻌㻲㻾㻻㻺㼀㻌㼀㼁㻾㻺
㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸㻌㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻞㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻌㻔㻾㻕㻥㻟㻯
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻯㻙㻝㻝
㻯㻙㻝㻝
㻳㻙㻟㻣
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴
㻜㻤
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-11
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻝
㻝
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻾㻹㻾㻱㻿㼀
㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻟㻜㻜㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻤㻳㻜㻞㻠㻌㻔㻮㻛㼅㻕㻭㻜㻣㻢㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻥㻥㻜㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻞
㻞
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻳㻙㻡㻝
㻳㻙㻡㻟
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻳㻾㻵㻼
㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯
㼇㻴㻝㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺
㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻳㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻟㻜㻜㻯㻟㻜㻜㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻢㻡㻭㻡㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻞㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻞㻭㻞㻥㻜㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻾㼅㻢
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻜㻤
㻳㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻢㻢
㻳㻙㻢㻟
㻟㻰㻢
㻟
㼇㻼㻟㼉㻌㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻟㻜㻜㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻥㻜㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻟
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻞
㻠
㻠
㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻳㻾㻵㻼
㻲㻻㻾㻌㻹㻯
㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻳㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻡㻾㼅㻢㻝㻟㻜㻜㻯㻟㻜㻜㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻢㻡㻭㻡㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻞㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕㻞㻭㻞㻥㻜㻱㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻜㻤
㻳㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻢㻢
㻳㻙㻢㻟
㻰㻢
㻡
㻡
㻯㻴㻳
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻢
㻢
㼇㻿㼉㻌㻴㻻㻾㻺㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅
㻞㻜㻜㻯㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻤㻥㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻤㻥㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻟㻠㻥㻜㻲㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻾㼅㻢
㻳㻙㻜㻞
㻳㻙㻜㻝
㻳㻙㻜㻡
㻳㻙㻜㻢
㻾㻝㻯㻝
㻝㻜䃈㻝䃛㻲
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴
㻜㻥
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻱㻹㻱㻾㻳㻱㻺㻯㼅㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌

㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻭㻭
5-12
㻤㻢㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝㻜㻡㻲㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻝㻜㻡㻳㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻝㻜㻡㻿㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻥㻜㻵㻌㻔㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻳㻙㻞㻢㻳㻙㻞㻠㻳㻙㻞㻣㻳㻙㻝㻥㻳㻙㻝㻣
㻣
㻡
㻤
㻝
㻟
㻮㻮
㻰㻝
㻰㻞
㻾㼅㻝㻾㼅㻞
㻾㼅㻝
㻾㼅㻞
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌
㼇㻴㻠㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷
㻢
㻡
㻠
㻳㻙㻞㻡㻳㻙㻞㻤㻳㻙㻞㻜㻳㻙㻝㻤
㻝㻜㻞㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕
㻞㻜㻜㻴㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝
㻢㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕
㻤㻣㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕
㻝㻜㻞㻭
㻯㻯
㻯㻙㻜㻠
㻝
㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾
㼇㻾㼉㻌㼃㻭㻾㻺㻵㻺㻳㻌
㻤㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕
㻤㻣㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕
㻞
㻯㻙㻜㻠
㻯㻙㻜㻡
㻞
㻰㻰
㻝㻜㻝㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾
㼇㻲㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌
㻝㻜㻝㻮
㻝
㻳㻙㻞㻞㻯㻙㻜㻡
㻟
㻾㼅㻝
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿㻌
㻢㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕
㻞㻜㻜㻸㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻤㻣㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕
㻱㻱
㻠
㻞
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻞㻟㻳㻙㻞㻝
㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㻲㻺㻾㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾㼇㻭㻞㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷㻌
㻸㻭㻹㻼㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻢㻡㻮㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻢㻡㻭㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻡㻥㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕
㻞㻜㻜㻴㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻠㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟㻝㻜
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㼇㻸㻝㼉㻌㻼㻭㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳
㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱㻯㻴㻳㻰㻭㼀㻱㻭㻸㼀㻱㻾㻭㼀㻵㻻㻺㻿
5-13
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻝㻡㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕㼇㻮㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻞
㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝㻜㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱
㻝
㻝
㻞㻜㻜㻲㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕
㻳㻙㻠㻣
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻜
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡㻺㻱㻳㻭㼀㻵㼂㻱
㻳㻙㻠㻣
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻡
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻡
㻞㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕㻞㻌㻔㻣㻜㻮㻕㻝㻞㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻺㻼
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻲㼁㻿㻱㻌㻲㻝
㻥㻡㻮㻌㻔㻡㻸㻕
㻳㻙㻠㻣
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻢
㻝㻟㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻞
㻞
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻥㻳㻙㻝㻝㻢
㻥㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕㻥㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕
㼁
㼁
㻳㻙㻝㻞㻜㻳㻙㻝㻝㻣
㼂
㻝㻜㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕㻝㻜㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕
㼂
㻳㻙㻝㻞㻝㻳㻙㻝㻝㻤
㻝㻝㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕㻝㻝㻌㻔㻟㻜㻮㻕
㼃
㼃
㻱㻙㻝㻢
㻝㻟㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻟㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻝
㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻾㻹㻭㻸㻌㻗
㼇㻶㻝㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㻌㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾
㻞㻟㻣㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻟㻣㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞
㻟
㻟
㻔㻝㻕㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻌㻻㻲㻌㼀㻵㻾㻱㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻵㻿㻌㻰㻵㻲㻲㻱㻾㻱㻺㼀㻌㻵㻺㻌㼃㻴㻱㻱㻸㻌㼀㼅㻼㻱㻚㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻾㻹㻭㻸㻌㻙
㻟㻤㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻥
㻹㻻㻰㻱㻌㻞
㻟㻤㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻝
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻳㻺㻰
㻱㻙㻜㻡
㻝㻟㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻞
㻠
㻠
㼇㻮㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺
㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻳㻙㻠㻢
㻳㻙㻠㻟
㻥㻡㻭㻌㻔㻡㻸㻕㻥㻠㻭㻌㻔㻡㻾㻕
㻺㻼
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝
㼇㻯㻞㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㻌㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌
㻱㻙㻞㻣
㻳㻙㻠㻡
㻝㻤㻠㻮㻌㻔㻡㼃㻕㻤㻠㻭㻌㻔㻡㼃㻕
㼁
㻳㻙㻠㻠
㻞㻤㻡㻮㻌㻔㻡㻮㻕㻤㻡㻭㻌㻔㻡㻮㻕
㼃
㻱㻙㻜㻤
㻡
㻡
㻤㻞㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕
㻼㻿㻌㻸㻵㻲㻱㻌㻿㻵㻳㻺㻭㻸
㻯㻴㻳
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿
㻟㻠㻝㻜㻡㻴㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻯㻻㻺㻌㼂㻱
㻲㻙㻜㻝
㻱㻙㻜㻤
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌㻷㻱㼅㻌
㻝㻞㻣㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻞㻣㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻞㻢
㻗㻡㼂
㻞㻞㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻠
㻳㻺㻰
㻢
㻢
㻟㻞㻠㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕㻞㻠㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻣
㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻝
㻠㻞㻡㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㻸㻕㻞㻡㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㻸㻕㻝㻡
㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻞
㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾
㼇㻺㻟㼉㻌㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻡㻟㻜㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻾㻕㻟㻜㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻾㻕㻝㻣
㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻯㻻㻸㻌㻗
㻢㻟㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼅㻕㻟㻝㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼅㻕㻟㻟
㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻯㻻㻸㻌㻙
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻱㻙㻟㻤
㻴㻙㻜㻝
㻠㻌㼃㻴㻱㻱㻸㻿
㻟㻌㼃㻴㻱㻱㻸㻿
㻠㻞㻣㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻡㻞㻝㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻞㻝㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻢
㼀㻵㻾㻱㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻞
㻢㻞㻟㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻟㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻟
㻳㻺㻰
㻟㻞㻣㻰㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕
㻤
㻤
㻞㻞㻞㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻞㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻝㻠
㼀㻵㻾㻱㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻝
㼇㻯㻝㼉㻌㼀㻵㻾㻱㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾
㻝㻞㻟㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻿㻴
㻝㻝
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-14
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻝㻡㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㻝
㻝
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻝
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻣
㻝㻢㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕㻝㻟㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻺㻼
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻞
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻤
㻝㻠㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻳㻙㻝㻞㻥㻳㻙㻝㻞㻞
㻟㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻠㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼁
㼁
㻞
㻞
㻳㻙㻝㻞㻤㻳㻙㻝㻞㻟
㼂
㻠㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻟㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼂
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻜㻳㻙㻝㻞㻠
㻡㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻡㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼃
㼃
㻱㻙㻝㻡
㻝㻝㻟㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻝㻟㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻝
㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻹㻭㻸㻌㻗
㻞㻝㻠㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻠㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞
㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻹㻭㻸㻌㻙
㻝㻝㻡㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻝㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻡
㻟
㻟
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻗㻝㻞㼂
㻯㻟
㼇㻮㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㼇㻶㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀
㻟㻝㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻥
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻳㻺㻰
㻞㻝㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕㻝㻣㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻣
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻮
㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻮㻱㻭㻾㻵㻺㻳
㻠㻝㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻝㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻢
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻭
㻝㻥㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻤
㻱㻙㻝㻤
㻹㻻㻰㻱㻌㻝
㻠
㻠
㻝㻥㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻝
㻳㻺㻰
㻱㻙㻜㻢
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻥
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻟
㻝㻢㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻝㻠㻌㻔㻢㻜㻮㻕
㻺㻼
㻡
㻡
㻯㻴㻳
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻝㻳㻙㻝㻞㻡
㻢㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻢㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼁
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻞㻳㻙㻝㻞㻢
㻟
㻣㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻣㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼂
㻳㻙㻝㻟㻟㻳㻙㻝㻞㻣
㻤㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕㻤㻌㻔㻞㻜㻮㻕
㼃
㼃
㻢
㻢
㻱㻙㻝㻠
㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻝㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻝
㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻾㻹㻭㻸㻌㻗
㻞㻞㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞
㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㼀㻴㻱㻾㻹㻭㻸㻌㻙
㼇㻮㻝㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻝㻡㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻡
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻗㻝㻞㼂
㻯㻞
㼇㻶㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻹㻻㼀㻻㻾㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀
㻟㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻥
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻳㻺㻰
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻞㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻣㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻢
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻭
㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻮㻱㻭㻾㻵㻺㻳
㻠㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻣
㻾㻻㼀㻭㻾㼅㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾㻌㻮
㻱㻙㻝㻣
㻱㻙㻜㻣
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴
㻝㻞
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-15
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻲㻻㻾㼃㻭㻾㻰㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻠㻝㻮㻝㻭㻝㻞㻞㻭㻞㻮㻤
㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕
㻲㻙㻜㻞
㻲㻙㻜㻞
㻭㻙㻜㻝
㻭㻙㻜㻝
㻝
㻝
㻾㻱㼂㻱㻾㻿㻱㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻠㻕
㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻢
㻔㻮㼞㻕
㻲㻻㻻㼀㻌㻰㻵㻾㻱㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻰㻝㻜
㼇㻺㻝㼉㻌㻲㻺㻾㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾㻢㻝㻰㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻢㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻢㻝㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻡
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㼇㻴㻠㼉㻌㻮㻭㻯㻷
㻾
㻺
㻲㻺㻾㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻾㻹㻾㻱㻿㼀㻌
㻭㻙㻜㻝
㻝
㻱㻙㻜㻟
㻭㻙㻜㻝
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝㻜㻢㻵㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻠
㻞
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻤㻢㻞㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻢㻞㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻟㻣
㻟
㻞
㻞
㻲㻻㻾㼃㻭㻾㻰
㻠
㻢㻢㻝㻯㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻢㻝㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻟㻢
㻡
㻾㻱㼂㻱㻾㻿㻱
㻡㻥㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿
㼇㻸㻝㼉㻌㻼㻭㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌
㻯㻙㻜㻟
㻯㻙㻜㻟
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻝㻜㻢㻱㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻣㻢㻡㻥㻯㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻡㻥㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻟㻠

㻼㻭㻾㻷㻵㻺㻳㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱
㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻹㻯㻚
㻔㻟㻕㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌䇾㻢㻝㻰䇿㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㼀㻻㻌㻲㻻㻻㼀㻌㻰㻵㻾㻱㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㻚
㻟
㻟
㼇㻸㻞㼉㻌㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌
㻳㻙㻤㻤
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻔㻸㻕㻟㻢㻜㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻢㻜㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻟㻡
㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱
㻝㻜㻢㻲㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻔㻮㻕㻔㼃㻕㻤㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻞
㻤㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕
㻔㻞㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅㻌㻿㻸㻵㻰㻱㻌㻿㼅㻿㼀㻱㻹㻚
㻱㻙㻞㻞
㻱㻙㻞㻞
㻳㻙㻤㻢
㻳㻙㻤㻣
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻣
㼇㻰㼉㻌㻿㻱㻭㼀㻮㻱㻸㼀㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻠㻜㻜㻌㻔㻮㻕㻟㻝㻜㻌㻔㼃㻕㻝㻡㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻡㻣㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻟㻞
㻔㻠㻕㻌㻵㻲㻌㻲㻻㻻㼀㻌㻰㻵㻾㻱㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻵㻿㻌㻭㻼㻼㻸㻵㻱㻰㻘㻌㻲㻺㻾㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾㻵㻿㻌㻾㻱㻼㻸㻭㻯㻱㻰
㻿㻱㻭㼀㻮㻱㻸㼀
㻠
㻠
㻳㻙㻥㻞
㻳㻙㻥㻜
㻯㻙㻜㻞
㼇㻰㼉㻌㻿㻱㻭㼀㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻢㻠㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻝㻝㻜㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻝㻝㻌㻔㻸㻕㻟㻡㻤㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻡㻤㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻟㻟
㻿㻱㻭㼀
㻯㻙㻜㻞
㻳㻙㻥㻝
㻳㻙㻤㻥
㼇㻻㼉㻌㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻲㻸㼁㻵㻰㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾
㻢㻠㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻞㻢㻟㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻢㻟㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻟㻤
㻮㻾㻭㻷㻱㻌㻲㻸㼁㻵㻰
㻯㻙㻜㻝
㻯㻙㻜㻝
㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻡
㻡
㻢㻠㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻠㻟
㻳㻺㻰
㻯㻴㻳
㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻢㻢㻠㻱㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻱㻙㻟㻢
㼇㻼㻟㻲㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻝㻌
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻣
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻢
㻢㻲㻌㻔㻮㻕㻡㻮㻡㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻞㻝㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻝㻞㻝㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻠㻤
㻭㼀㼀㻝
㼇㻼㻟㻱㼉㻌㻿㻲㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻢
㻢
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻡
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻠
㻢㻱㻌㻔㻮㻕㻠㻮㻠㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻠㻤㻟㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻤㻟㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻠㻥
㻿㻲
㼇㻼㻟㻰㼉㻌㼀㻵㻸㼀㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻟
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻞
㻢㻰㻌㻔㻮㻕㻟㻮㻟㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻟㻢㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻢㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻡㻜
㼀㻵㻸㼀
㼇㻼㻟㻮㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻌㻞
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻝
㻳㻙㻝㻜㻜
㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻞㻮㻞㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻞㻢㻣㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻢㻣㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻡㻝
㻸㻵㻲㼀㻞
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㼇㻼㻟㻯㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻌㻝
㻳㻙㻥㻥
㻳㻙㻥㻤
㻢㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻮㻝㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻝㻢㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻢㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻡㻞
㻸㻵㻲㼀㻝
㼇㼂㼉㻌㻮㻭㼀㼀㻱㻾㼅㻌㻿㻸㻵㻰㻱㻌
㻵㻺㼀㻱㻾㻸㻻㻯㻷㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻳㻙㻟㻥
㻳㻙㻟㻥
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻡
㻳㻙㻝㻠㻠
㻢㻠㻰㻌㻔㻮㻕㻔㻮㻕㻔㼃㻕㻝㻜㻣㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻝㻜㻣㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻡㻢
㻮㻭㼀㼀㻚㻌㻿㻸㻰㻌㻿㼃
㻤
㻤
㻿㻱㻱㻌㻺㻻㼀㻱㻌㻔㻞㻕
㻞㻤㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕㻞㻤㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕㻡㻟㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻠㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻼㻿㻌㻸㻵㻲㻱㻌㻿㻳㻺㻭㻸
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻝
㻿㻴
㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿
㻝㻟
㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-16
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻠㻥㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕㻟
㻱㻙㻜㻞
㻣㻠㻣㻭㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻠㻣㻮㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻢
㻮㻻㻻㼀
㻤㻠㻤㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻠㻤㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻡
㻝
㻝
㻲㼃㻱
㻥㻠㻥㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻠㻥㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝㻝
㻳㻺㻰㻔㻳㻿㻱㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻝㻣㻕
㻝㻣㻡㻜㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻡㻜㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕㻥
㼀㼤㻰㻔㻳㻿㻱㻕
㻝㻤㻡㻝㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻡㻝㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻣
㼇㼀㼉㻌㻳㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻾㼤㻰㻔㻳㻿㻱㻕
㻡㻡㻢㻥㻭㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻢㻥㻮㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻤
㻵㻺㻿㻼㻱㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㻹㻻㻰㻱
㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻱㻙㻜㻥
㻞
㻞
㻝㻡㻝㻜㻡㻶㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻶㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻷㻱㼅㻌㻻㻲㻲
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻝㻥㻝㻜㻡㻷㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻷㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻼㻻㻿㻌㼂㻻㻸㼀㻭㻳㻱
㻱㻙㻝㻥
㻞㻠㻡㻡㻭㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻡㻡㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻟
㻗㻡㼂㻔㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻻㼁㼀㻕
㻞㻜㻡㻞㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻡㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕㻢
㻭㻯㻯㻱㻸㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻝
㻟
㻟
㻞㻝㻡㻟㻭㻌㻔㻸㻕㻡㻟㻮㻌㻔㻸㻕㻞
㻭㻯㻯㻱㻸㻌㻭㻺㻳㻸㻱㻌㻞
㻞㻟㻡㻠㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕㻡㻠㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕㻡
㻳㻺㻰
㼇㻷㼉㻌㻭㻯㻯㻱㻸㻌㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾
㻠㻮㻌㻔㻳㻕㻠㻭㻠㻟㻜㻡㻮㻟㻜㻡㻭㻌㻔㻳㻕㻠

㻱㻙㻜㻞
㻱㻙㻞㻠
㻳㻙㻢㻝
㻡㻡㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻟
㻱㻙㻜㻟
㻠
㻠
㻞㻤㻡㻢㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻡㻢㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕㻞
㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿㼁㻾㻱
㻿㻱㻺㻿㻻㻾
㻡㻠㻯㻌㻔㻮㻕㻝
㼇㻼㻝㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻼㻾㻱㻿㻿㼁㻾㻱
㻱㻙㻞㻜
㻡
㻡
㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻯㻴㻳
㻠㻠㻢㻡㻭㻌㻔㻸㻕㻢㻡㻭㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻼㻰㻿㻌㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻜
㼇㻴㻞㼉㻌㻼㻰㻿
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻸㻵㻺㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻱㻙㻞㻠
㻡㻥㻣㻜㻭㻣㻜㻮㻞㻞㻭㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻝㻮㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻭㻝㻝㻜㻡㻺㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻸㻵㻺㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻹㻯㻝
㼇㻺㻞㼉㻌
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻔㼃㻛㻸㻕㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻮㼁㼆㼆㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻷㻱㼅㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻱㻙㻞㻠
㻳㻙㻡㻣
㻳㻙㻡㻥
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝㻕
㻢
㻢
㼇㻳㼉㻌㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻢㻠㻣㻟㻭㻣㻟㻮㻟㻟㻭㻟㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻝㻯㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻿㼀㻱㻱㻾㻵㻺㻳㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀㻭㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻹㻯㻞
㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕
㻳㻙㻡㻤
㻳㻙㻢㻜
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻝㻕
㼇㼁㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻲㻻㻾㻯㻱㻰㻌㼇㻶㻞㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻝㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰㻌㻔㻸㻕㼇㼁㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻲㻻㻾㻯㻱㻰㻌
㻾㻱㻸㻱㻭㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾㻾㻱㻸㻱㻭㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻢㻜㻣㻝㻭㻌㻣㻝㻯㻞㻟㻜㻟㻭㻟㻜㻟㻮㻟㻜㻝㻮㻟㻜㻝㻭㻝㻝㻜㻡㻻㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻣
㻣
㻼㻷㻮㻌㻝
㼇㻺㻞㼉
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕

㻳㻙㻟㻞
㻳㻙㻟㻝
㼇㻶㻞㼉㻌㻼㻷㻮㻌㻞㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰㻌㻔㻾㻕
㻢㻞㻣㻝㻮㻌㻣㻝㻰㻠㻟㻜㻠㻭㻟㻜㻠㻮㻟㻜㻞㻮㻟㻜㻞㻭㻟㻝㻜㻡㻼㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻼㻷㻮㻌㻞
㼇㻺㻞㼉
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕

㻱㻙㻞㻟
㻱㻙㻞㻟
㻳㻙㻟㻜
㻳㻙㻞㻥
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻸㻻㻯㻷㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻤
㻤
㻢㻝㻣㻞㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻣㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻞㻝㻝㻜㻡㻽㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕㻝㻜㻡㻽㻌㻔㻾㻛㼃㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻟㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻸㻻㻯㻷
㼇㻺㻞㼉
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻿㻴
㻝㻠
㻱㻙㻝㻟
㻱㻙㻝㻟
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-17
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝
㻝
㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㻭㻜㻥㻝㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻟㻢㻝㻰㻌㻔㻮㼞㻕
㻿㻴㻙㻝㻟
㻞
㻞
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻾㻹㻾㻱㻿㼀
㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿
㻲㻺㻾㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻱㻙㻝㻞
㻲
㻮㻙㻜㻝
㻾
㻺
㻝㻜㻢㻮㻢㻳㻜㻞㻤㻟㻞㻭㻜㻤㻤㻌㻔㻳㻛㻾㻕㻝㻤

㻰㻵㻳㻵㼀㻭㻸㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻠
㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻔㻮㻕
㻝㻭㻜㻤㻥㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻝㻥
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻮㻙㻜㻝
㻰㻵㻳㻵㼀㻭㻸㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻡
㻳㻲㻺㻾
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻠㻭㻜㻥㻜㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻞㻜
㻟㻰㻵㻳㻵㼀㻭㻸㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻢
㻟
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㻸㻿㻌㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴
㻳㻙㻡㻞
㻳㻙㻡㻠
㻭㻜㻣㻥㻌㻔㼅㻛㻳㻕㻞㻝
㻰㻵㻳㻵㼀㻭㻸㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻣
㻳㻜㻞㻡㻌㻔㻮㻛㼃㻕㻝㻠
㻿㼃㻵㼀㻯㻴㻌㻳㻺㻰
㻱㻙㻝㻞
㻞㻟㻭㻜㻤㻠㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕㻡
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻡㼂
㻞㻡㻿㻜㻞㻢㻌㻔㼃㻛㼅㻕㻞
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻝
㻠
㻠
㻞㻢㻿㻜㻞㻡㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻠
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻞
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾
㻞㻠㻳㻜㻞㻝㻌㻔㻮㻛㻸㻕㻝
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻳㻺㻰
㻴㻙㻜㻠
㻭㻜㻣㻞㻌㻔㻾㻛㼅㻕㻡
㻞㻣㻿㻜㻞㻠㻌㻔㼅㻛㻮㻕㻞
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻟
㻡
㻡
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻞㻤㻿㻜㻞㻟㻌㻔㼅㻛㻸㻕㻠
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻠
㼇㻱㼉㻌㼀㻵㻸㼀㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾
㻯㻴㻳
㻳㻜㻞㻜㻌㻔㻮㻛㼅㻕㻝
㻴㻙㻜㻡
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻭㻜㻣㻟㻌㻔㼅㻛㻾㻕㻡
㻞㻥㻿㻜㻞㻞㻌㻔㻸㻛㼅㻕㻞
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻡
㻢
㻢
㻟㻜㻿㻜㻞㻝㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻠
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻢
㻳㻜㻝㻥㻌㻔㻮㻛㻸㻕㻝
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻝㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾
㻴㻙㻜㻢
㻭㻜㻣㻠㻌㻔㼅㻛㻾㻕㻡
㻟㻝㻿㻜㻞㻜㻌㻔㻳㻛㻸㻕㻞
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻣
㻣
㻣
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻟㻞㻿㻜㻝㻥㻌㻔㻳㻛㻮㻕㻠
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻭㻺㻭㻸㻻㻳㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㻤
㻳㻜㻝㻤㻌㻔㻮㻛㻾㻕㻝
㼇㻱㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻞㻌㻸㻱㼂㻱㻾
㻴㻙㻜㻣
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴
㻝㻡
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
5-18
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻺㻻㼀㻱
㻝
㻝
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㼁㻼㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻱㻙㻝㻝
㻟㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻞㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㻮㻕㻝㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㻮㻕㻞㻝

㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻝㻗
㻱㻙㻞㻤
㻱㻙㻞㻤
㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻸㻵㻲㼀㻌㻰㻻㼃㻺㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻞
㻞
㻟㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻞㻝㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕㻞㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕㻞㻞

㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻞㻗
㻱㻙㻟㻞
㻱㻙㻟㻞
㻟㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕㻞㻟
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻝㻙㻛㻞㻙
㻟㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㼀㻵㻸㼀㻌㻲㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻟
㻢㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㻾㻕㻞㻝㻠㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻠㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㻮㻕㻞㻠

㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻟㻗
㻱㻙㻞㻥
㻱㻙㻞㻥
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㼀㻵㻸㼀㻌㻾㻌㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻢㻯㻌㻔㻳㻛㻾㻕㻞㻝㻡㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻡㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻾㻕㻞㻡
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻠㻗
㻱㻙㻟㻟
㻱㻙㻟㻟
㻠
㻠
㻢㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㻾㻕㻞㻢
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻟㻙㻛㻠㻙
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻝㻭㻌
㻿㻻㻸㻱㻺㻻㻵㻰
㻥㻮㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻞㻝㻣㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻣㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻾㻕㻞㻣
㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻡㻗
㻱㻙㻟㻜
㻱㻙㻟㻜
㻡
㻡
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻝㻮㻌
㻯㻴㻳
㻥㻯㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻞㻝㻤㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻤㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㼃㻕㻞㻤
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻢㻗
㻰㻭㼀㻱
㻱㻙㻟㻠
㻱㻙㻟㻠
㻥㻭㻌㻔㻳㻛㼃㻕㻞㻥
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻡㻙㻛㻢㻙
㻢
㻢
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻞㻭㻌
㻝㻞㻮㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻞㻝㻝㻜㻮㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻝㻜㻭㻌㻔㻮㼞㻛㻮㻕㻟㻜
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻣㻗
㻱㻙㻟㻝
㻱㻙㻟㻝
㼇㻼㻞㼉㻌㻭㼀㼀㻭㻯㻴㻹㻱㻺㼀㻌㻞㻮㻌
㻝㻞㻯㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻞㻝㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻝㻝㻭㻌㻔㻸㻛㼃㻕㻟㻝
㻣
㻣
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻤㻗
㼀㻾㼁㻯㻷
㻱㻙㻟㻡
㻱㻙㻟㻡
㻝㻞㻭㻌㻔㼃㻛㻳㻕㻟㻞
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㻘㻝㻣㻕
㻿㻻㻸㻌㻼㼃㻹㻌㻣㻙㻛㻤㻙
㻤
㻤
㻿㻴
㻝㻢
㻲
㻱
㻭
㻰
㻯
㻭㻭
㻮㻮
㻟㻵㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻵㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻴㻙㻜㻞
㻝
㻠
㻯㻯
㻟㻰㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻰㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻥㻭㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻟㻥㻮㻌㻔㻮㻕
㻿㻜㻞㻣㻌㻔㼃㻛㻮㻕
㻿㻜㻞㻤㻌㻔㻸㻛㻾㻕
㻟㻲㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻲㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻭㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻭㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻮㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻮㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻯㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻯㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻳㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻳㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻴㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻴㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻟㻱㻌㻔㼃㻕
㻠㻱㻌㻔㻸㻕
㻱㻙㻜㻡㻱㻙㻝㻞㻱㻙㻝㻜㻱㻙㻜㻣㻱㻙㻜㻢㻱㻙㻜㻤㻴㻙㻜㻟㻱㻙㻜㻥㻱㻙㻜㻞

㻰㻰
㻟
㻠
㻣
㻤
㻟
㻠
㻟
㻠
㻥
㻝
㻞
㻡
㻢
㻝㻠
㻝㻡
㻝㻟
㻝㻠
㻞㻝
㻟㻜
㻝㻜
㼇㼀㼉㻌㻳㻿㻱㻌㻯㻻㻺㻺㻱㻯㼀㻻㻾
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻸
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻴
㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯㻯㻭㻺㼋㻵㻯
㼇㻮㻠㼉㻌㻼㼁㻹㻼㻌㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㼇㻱㼉㻌㻵㻺㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㼇㻹㼉㻌㻻㼁㼀㻼㼁㼀㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀㼇㻮㻝㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㼇㻮㻞㼉㻌㼀㻾㻭㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㼇㻮㻟㼉㻌㻱㻼㻿㼇㻽㼉㻌㻰㻵㻿㻼㻸㻭㼅㼇㻵㻞㼉㻌㻸㻻㻳㻵㻯㻿㻌㼁㻺㻵㼀

㻱㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻾㻵㻳㻴㼀㻵㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾㻌㻸㻱㻲㼀㻯㻻㻺㼀㻾㻻㻸㻸㻱㻾㻱
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻝㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㻘㻝㻡㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㻘㻝㻢㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻠㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻟㻘㻝㻠㻕
㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻞㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻞㻕㻔㻿㻴㻙㻜㻟㻘㻝㻝㻕

5-19
㻝㻣
㻺㻻㼀㻱㻔㻝㻕㻌㼀㻴㻵㻿㻌㻯㻵㻾㻯㼁㻵㼀㻌㻵㻿㻌㻲㻻㻾㻌㻲㻯㻚
㻭㻭
5-20
㻗㻠㻤㼂
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻢
㻮㻮
㻣㻯㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻴㻙㻜㻤
㻠
㻰㻯㻛㻰㻯㻌㻯㻻㻺㼂㻱㻾㼀㻱㻾
㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻵㻺
㻳㻺㻰
㻝㻞㼂㻌㻻㼁㼀
㻝㻞㼂㻌㻳㻺㻰
㻯㻯
㻟
㻞
㻝
㻴㻙㻜㻤
㻝㻝㻮㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝㻞㻮㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻮㻕
㻰㻰
㻝㻝㻭㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻾㻛㻮㻕
㻝㻞㻭㻌㻔㻝㻚㻞㻡㻮㻕
㻯㻙㻝㻟
㻝
㻞
㻝㻞㼂㻌㻿㻼㻭㻾㻱㻌㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌
㻿㼁㻼㻼㻸㼅
㻱㻱
㻿㻴㻙㻜㻡

㻝㻤

㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻭
㻭㻭㻙㻜㻝㻭㻙㻜㻞㻭
㻠㻙㻙㻙㻙㻙㻙㻠㻙㻟㻞㻝
㻤㻙㻢㻙㻙㻢㻙㻤㻙㻣㻢㻡
㻮㻮
㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻮
㻮㻙㻜㻝
㻝㻞
㻯㻟㻠㻯
㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻯
㻰㻰
㻯㻙㻜㻝㻯㻙㻜㻞㻯㻙㻜㻟㻯㻙㻜㻠㻯㻙㻜㻡㻯㻙㻜㻢㻯㻙㻜㻣
㻙㻙㻙㻙㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞
㻝㻝㻝
㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟
㻞㻙㻙㻙㻣㻢㻙㻞㻞㻢㻡㻠㻠㻡㻢㻢㻙㻠㻟㻟㻠㻡㻢
㻱㻱
㻯㻙㻜㻤㻯㻙㻜㻥㻯㻙㻝㻜㻯㻙㻝㻝㻯㻙㻝㻞㻯㻙㻝㻟
㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻝㻞㻟㻝
㻟㻞㻝㻟㻞㻝
㻠㻟㻠㻡㻙㻠㻡㻙㻞

5-21
㻝㻥

㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻱
㻭㻭
5-22
㻱㻙㻜㻝㻱㻙㻜㻞㻱㻙㻜㻟㻱㻙㻜㻠
㻙㻞㻟㻡㻟㻝㻢㻟㻢㻝㻠㻟
㻝㻡㻝㻟㻝㻝㻥㻙㻡㻟㻙㻞㻝㻝㻥㻝㻣㻝㻡㻙㻙㻥㻣㻙㻙㻟㻣㻟㻡㻟㻟㻙㻙㻙㻡㻥㻙㻡㻡㻡㻟㻡㻝㻠㻥㻙㻙
㻙㻞㻠㻢㻠㻞㻢㻠㻢㻞㻠㻠
㻝㻢㻝㻠㻝㻞㻝㻜㻙㻢㻠㻙㻙㻞㻜㻝㻤㻙㻙㻙㻙㻤㻙㻙㻟㻤㻟㻢㻟㻠㻟㻞㻙㻞㻤㻢㻜㻙㻡㻢㻙㻡㻞㻡㻜㻠㻤㻙
㻮㻮
㻱㻙㻜㻡㻱㻙㻜㻢㻱㻙㻜㻣㻱㻙㻜㻤
㻙㻤㻣㻢㻙㻙㻙㻙㻝
㻙㻝㻣㻝㻡㻙㻝㻝㻥㻙㻙㻟㻝㻝㻥㻝㻣㻙㻙㻝㻝㻙㻣㻡㻟㻝㻝㻥㻝㻣㻙㻙㻙㻙㻣㻡㻟㻝㻝㻣㻙㻝㻡㻝㻠㻙㻙㻙㻝㻜
㻞㻜㻝㻤㻝㻢㻝㻠㻙㻙㻙㻙㻠㻞㻞㻜㻝㻤㻝㻢㻙㻙㻙㻤㻢㻠㻞㻞㻜㻝㻤㻝㻢㻙㻙㻙㻙㻢㻠㻞㻞㻡㻞㻠㻞㻟㻙㻞㻝㻙㻙㻝㻤
㻯㻟㻠㻟㻟㻟㻞㻙㻟㻜㻙㻙㻙㻞㻢㻯
㻱㻙㻜㻥㻱㻙㻝㻜㻱㻙㻝㻝㻱㻙㻝㻞
㻰㻰
㻝㻝㻥㻣㻡㻟㻝㻝㻥㻙㻙㻝㻟㻙㻙㻙㻙㻟㻝㻙㻙㻟㻝㻞㻥㻞㻣㻞㻡㻞㻟㻞㻝㻟㻝㻞㻥㻞㻣㻞㻡㻞㻟㻞㻝㻝㻥㻙㻙㻙㻙㻙㻣㻙㻙㻝
㻙㻙㻤㻢㻙㻞㻞㻜㻙㻙㻝㻠㻙㻙㻙㻙㻠㻞㻙㻙㻟㻞㻟㻜㻞㻤㻞㻢㻞㻠㻞㻞㻟㻞㻟㻜㻞㻤㻞㻢㻞㻠㻙㻞㻜㻝㻤㻙㻝㻠㻙㻙㻤㻙㻙㻞
㻱㻱
㻱㻙㻝㻟㻱㻙㻝㻠㻱㻙㻝㻡㻱㻙㻝㻢㻱㻙㻝㻣㻱㻙㻝㻤
㻝㻞㻝㻞
㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞
㻟㻠㻟㻠

㻞㻜

㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻱
㻭㻱㻙㻝㻥㻱㻙㻞㻜㻱㻙㻞㻝㻱㻙㻞㻞㻱㻙㻞㻟㻭
㻙㻞㻟
㻝㻞㻟㻞㻝㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻠㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻠
㻠㻡㻢
㻮㻮
㻱㻙㻞㻠㻱㻙㻞㻡㻱㻙㻞㻢㻱㻙㻞㻣㻱㻙㻞㻤
㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻝㻞㻝㻞
㻢㻡㻠㻠㻡㻢㻢㻡㻠㻠㻡㻢
㻠㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟㻠
㻯㻥㻤㻣㻣㻙㻥㻥㻙㻣㻣㻙㻥㻯
㻙㻝㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻙㻙㻝㻝㻝㻜㻝㻜㻝㻝㻙
㻱㻙㻞㻥㻱㻙㻟㻜㻱㻙㻟㻝㻱㻙㻟㻞㻱㻙㻟㻟㻱㻙㻟㻠㻱㻙㻟㻡㻱㻙㻟㻢
㻰㻰
㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻝㻞㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟
㻢㻡㻠㻠㻡㻢
㻱㻱㻙㻟㻣㻱㻙㻟㻤㻱
㻝㻞㻟
㻞㻝㻝㻞
㻠㻡㻢

5-23
㻞㻝

㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻲
㻭㻲㻙㻜㻝㻲㻙㻜㻞㻭
5-24
㻝㻢
㻝㻙
㻞㻡
㻞㻟
㻟㻠
㻰㼀㻹㻜㻢㻙㻢㻿㻰㼀㻜㻢㻙㻠㻿
㒊␒ᮍᐃ 㻥㻣㻯㻠㻞㻙㻜㻠㻢㻜㻝
㻮㻮
㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻴
㻴㻙㻜㻝㻴㻙㻜㻞㻴㻙㻜㻟
㻯㻯
㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞㻟
㻟㻞㻝
㻣㻢㻡㻠㻠㻡㻢㻣㻝㻜㻥㻙㻙㻙㻙㻠㻙㻙㻝
㻢㻡㻠
㻝㻜㻥㻤㻤㻥㻝㻜
㻴㻙㻜㻠㻴㻙㻜㻡㻴㻙㻜㻢㻴㻙㻜㻣㻴㻙㻜㻤㻴㻙㻜㻥

㻰㻰
㻡㻠㻙㻞㻝㻡㻠㻙㻞㻝㻡㻠㻙㻞㻝㻡㻠㻙㻞㻝㻠㻟㻞㻝㻝㻞
㻗㻙
㻱㻱

㻞㻞

㻳㻾㻻㼁㻼㻌㻳
㻭㻳㻙㻜㻝㻌㼠㼛㻌㻜㻠㻳㻙㻜㻡㻌㼠㼛㻌㻞㻜㻳㻙㻞㻝㻌㼠㼛㻌㻞㻤㻳㻙㻞㻥㻌㼠㼛㻌㻟㻞㻳㻙㻟㻟㻌㼠㼛㻌㻠㻝㻳㻙㻠㻟㻌㼠㼛㻌㻠㻢㻳㻙㻠㻣㻘㻠㻤㻳㻙㻠㻥㻭
㻮㻮
㻳㻙㻡㻝㻘㻡㻞㻳㻙㻡㻟㻘㻡㻠㻳㻙㻡㻡㻘㻡㻢㻳㻙㻡㻣㻘㻡㻤㻳㻙㻡㻥㻘㻢㻜㻳㻙㻢㻝㻳㻙㻢㻞㻌㼠㼛㻌㻢㻠㻳㻙㻢㻡㻌㼠㼛㻌㻢㻣㻳㻙㻢㻤㻌㼠㼛㻌㻤㻟㻳㻙㻤㻠㻳㻙㻤㻡
㻯㻯
㻳㻙㻤㻢㻌㼠㼛㻌㻤㻤㻳㻙㻤㻥㻘㻥㻜㻳㻙㻥㻝㻘㻥㻞㻳㻙㻥㻠㻘㻥㻡㻳㻙㻥㻢㻘㻥㻣㻳㻙㻥㻤㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻜㻣㻳㻙㻝㻜㻤㻘㻝㻜㻥㻳㻙㻝㻝㻜㻘㻝㻝㻝㻳㻙㻝㻝㻞㻳㻙㻝㻝㻟
㻰㻰
㻳㻙㻝㻝㻠㻘㻝㻝㻡㻳㻙㻝㻝㻢㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻝㻤㻳㻙㻝㻝㻥㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻞㻝㻳㻙㻝㻞㻞㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻞㻣㻳㻙㻝㻞㻤㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻟㻟㻳㻙㻝㻟㻠㻌㼠㼛㻌㻝㻠㻟㻳㻙㻝㻠㻠㻘㻝㻠㻡
㻱㻱

5-25
㻞㻟

Mitsubishi Forklift Trucks Service Manual FB13PNT - FB20PNT, FB16CPN - FB20PN Forklift Trucks 99759-5M300
???????
Mitsubishi Caterpillar Forklift Europe B.V.
Hefbrugweg 77
1332 AM Almere,
The Netherlands
Copyright © 2011 by MCFA. All Rights Reserved. Printed in The Netherlands
99759-5M300 09/11

99759-5M300 Mitsubishi Manual PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

99759-5M300 Mitsubishi Manual PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Service Manual

Safety related signs Meanings

Unauthorized copying and lending are prohibited.

MC Truck (Manual Control System)

FC (Fingertip Control System) Truck

Item SI unit Metric unit Yard-pound unit

7.4 Replacing Logic Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57

Chapter 2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS

3.25 Traction Motor L.H., Pulse Input Fault (53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

Chapter 4 HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Chapter 5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Display Logic card

FC solenoid Lift cylinder,

Display Logic card Contactor control signal

Power stearing Steering

bit Logic Vdiff Vdiff

recessive 1 recessive dominant recessive

Item Description SUO No.

The current information is available to confirm and modify.

This input unit is connected to the FC specification model.

This output unit is connected to the FC specification model.

Lever angle [%]

Current characteristics of proportioning solenoid valve

Description SUO No.

When the accelerator pedal is released on a grade, the

Truck stop accelerator pedal is stops released on a grade.

85 STANDARD; Full acceleration

Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

Effective when aux. input 1

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No

90° 45° 0° 45° 90°

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

This will stop the lifting operations in progress when the

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

Item Description SUO No. Harness Pin No.

Item Protect condition Result Release method

Traction Control PDS Seat SW

Direction lever: N (Chosen foot direction: no effect)

Seat SW flag: OFF

Seat SW flag: OFF Motor: Zero torque

Motor: Regen brake Seat SW flag: OFF Seat SW flag: ON

Motor: Zero torque

Normal operation Normal operation

Lift lock valve: LOCK Lift lock valve: LOCK

Seat SW flag: ON Seat SW flag: ON

Seat SW flag: OFF Seat SW flag: OFF

Lift lock valve: LOCK Lift lock valve: LOCK

1. Battery discharge indicator 10. Error warning

See the Chassis & Mast Service Manual for details.

The parking brake (PKB) interlock will be activated and “P”

4.4 BDI (Battery discharge indicator) display features

Warning buzzer features

The table shows miscellaneous features.

Item Description SUO No.

The truck hour meter reading is indicated on the display.

#1 Application Pre-Sets (Truck Operation Mode)

Default value Top Travel Speed Limit 10 15 15 16 16 7

You can modify these 10 settings afterwards individually.

#2 Start Lift Speed

#3 Top Lift Speed